xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/edit.c (revision bc073092)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 
10 /*
11  * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
12  */
13 
14 #include "vim.h"
15 
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
17 /*
18  * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
19  */
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT	0x100
21 
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET	1
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL		2
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE	3
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES		4
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS		(5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS	(6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES	(7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED		8
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY	(9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS	(10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE		11
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION		12
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI		13
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL		14
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG	15	/* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
37 #define CTRL_X_EVAL		16	/* for builtin function complete() */
38 
39 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
40 #define CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(m) (m == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || m == CTRL_X_EVAL)
41 
42 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
43 {
44     N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
45     N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
46     NULL,
47     N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
48     N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
49     N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
50     N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
51     N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
52     NULL,
53     N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
54     N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
55     N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
56     N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
57     N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
58     N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
59     N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
60     NULL,   /* CTRL_X_EVAL doesn't use msg. */
61 };
62 
63 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
64 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
65 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window");
66 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text");
67 #endif
68 
69 /*
70  * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
71  */
72 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
73 struct compl_S
74 {
75     compl_T	*cp_next;
76     compl_T	*cp_prev;
77     char_u	*cp_str;	/* matched text */
78     char	cp_icase;	/* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
79     char_u	*(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]);	/* text for the menu */
80     char_u	*cp_fname;	/* file containing the match, allocated when
81 				 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
82     int		cp_flags;	/* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
83     int		cp_number;	/* sequence number */
84 };
85 
86 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT	(1)   /* the original text when the expansion begun */
87 #define FREE_FNAME	(2)
88 
89 /*
90  * All the current matches are stored in a list.
91  * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
92  * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
93  * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
94  * ins_compl_get_exp().
95  */
96 static compl_T    *compl_first_match = NULL;
97 static compl_T    *compl_curr_match = NULL;
98 static compl_T    *compl_shown_match = NULL;
99 
100 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
101  * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
102 static int	  compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
103 
104 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
105  * are used. */
106 static char_u	  *compl_leader = NULL;
107 
108 static int	  compl_get_longest = FALSE;	/* put longest common string
109 						   in compl_leader */
110 
111 static int	  compl_no_insert = FALSE;	/* FALSE: select & insert
112 						   TRUE: noinsert */
113 static int	  compl_no_select = FALSE;	/* FALSE: select & insert
114 						   TRUE: noselect */
115 
116 static int	  compl_used_match;	/* Selected one of the matches.  When
117 					   FALSE the match was edited or using
118 					   the longest common string. */
119 
120 static int	  compl_was_interrupted = FALSE;  /* didn't finish finding
121 						     completions. */
122 
123 static int	  compl_restarting = FALSE;	/* don't insert match */
124 
125 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set.  When it's
126  * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
127 static int	  compl_started = FALSE;
128 
129 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively,
130  * which is not allowed. */
131 static int	  compl_busy = FALSE;
132 
133 static int	  compl_matches = 0;
134 static char_u	  *compl_pattern = NULL;
135 static int	  compl_direction = FORWARD;
136 static int	  compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
137 static int	  compl_pending = 0;	    /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
138 static pos_T	  compl_startpos;
139 static colnr_T	  compl_col = 0;	    /* column where the text starts
140 					     * that is being completed */
141 static char_u	  *compl_orig_text = NULL;  /* text as it was before
142 					     * completion started */
143 static int	  compl_cont_mode = 0;
144 static expand_T	  compl_xp;
145 
146 static int	  compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE;
147 
148 static void ins_ctrl_x(void);
149 static int  has_compl_option(int dict_opt);
150 static int  ins_compl_accept_char(int c);
151 static int ins_compl_add(char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup);
152 static int  ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len);
153 static void ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match);
154 static void ins_compl_add_matches(int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase);
155 static int  ins_compl_make_cyclic(void);
156 static void ins_compl_upd_pum(void);
157 static void ins_compl_del_pum(void);
158 static int  pum_wanted(void);
159 static int  pum_enough_matches(void);
160 static void ins_compl_dictionaries(char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus);
161 static void ins_compl_files(int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir);
162 static char_u *find_line_end(char_u *ptr);
163 static void ins_compl_free(void);
164 static void ins_compl_clear(void);
165 static int  ins_compl_bs(void);
166 static int  ins_compl_need_restart(void);
167 static void ins_compl_new_leader(void);
168 static void ins_compl_addleader(int c);
169 static int  ins_compl_len(void);
170 static void ins_compl_restart(void);
171 static void ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str);
172 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch(void);
173 static int  ins_compl_prep(int c);
174 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg);
175 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag);
176 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
177 static void ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list);
178 static void ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict);
179 #endif
180 static int  ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini);
181 static void ins_compl_delete(void);
182 static void ins_compl_insert(void);
183 static int  ins_compl_next(int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match);
184 static int  ins_compl_key2dir(int c);
185 static int  ins_compl_pum_key(int c);
186 static int  ins_compl_key2count(int c);
187 static int  ins_compl_use_match(int c);
188 static int  ins_complete(int c);
189 static unsigned  quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len);
190 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
191 
192 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR		    1
193 #define BACKSPACE_WORD		    2
194 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE    3
195 #define BACKSPACE_LINE		    4
196 
197 static void ins_redraw(int ready);
198 static void ins_ctrl_v(void);
199 static void undisplay_dollar(void);
200 static void insert_special(int, int, int);
201 static void internal_format(int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c);
202 static void check_auto_format(int);
203 static void redo_literal(int c);
204 static void start_arrow(pos_T *end_insert_pos);
205 static void start_arrow_with_change(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change);
206 static void start_arrow_common(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int change);
207 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
208 static void check_spell_redraw(void);
209 static void spell_back_to_badword(void);
210 static int  spell_bad_len = 0;	/* length of located bad word */
211 #endif
212 static void stop_insert(pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc, int nomove);
213 static int  echeck_abbr(int);
214 static int  replace_pop(void);
215 static void replace_join(int off);
216 static void replace_pop_ins(void);
217 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
218 static void mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc);
219 #endif
220 static void replace_flush(void);
221 static void replace_do_bs(int limit_col);
222 static int del_char_after_col(int limit_col);
223 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
224 static int cindent_on(void);
225 #endif
226 static void ins_reg(void);
227 static void ins_ctrl_g(void);
228 static void ins_ctrl_hat(void);
229 static int  ins_esc(long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove);
230 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
231 static void ins_ctrl_(void);
232 #endif
233 static int ins_start_select(int c);
234 static void ins_insert(int replaceState);
235 static void ins_ctrl_o(void);
236 static void ins_shift(int c, int lastc);
237 static void ins_del(void);
238 static int  ins_bs(int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p);
239 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
240 static void ins_mouse(int c);
241 static void ins_mousescroll(int dir);
242 #endif
243 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
244 static void ins_tabline(int c);
245 #endif
246 static void ins_left(int end_change);
247 static void ins_home(int c);
248 static void ins_end(int c);
249 static void ins_s_left(void);
250 static void ins_right(int end_change);
251 static void ins_s_right(void);
252 static void ins_up(int startcol);
253 static void ins_pageup(void);
254 static void ins_down(int startcol);
255 static void ins_pagedown(void);
256 #ifdef FEAT_DND
257 static void ins_drop(void);
258 #endif
259 static int  ins_tab(void);
260 static int  ins_eol(int c);
261 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
262 static int  ins_digraph(void);
263 #endif
264 static int  ins_ctrl_ey(int tc);
265 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
266 static void ins_try_si(int c);
267 #endif
268 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol(void);
269 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
270 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre(int c);
271 #endif
272 
273 static colnr_T	Insstart_textlen;	/* length of line when insert started */
274 static colnr_T	Insstart_blank_vcol;	/* vcol for first inserted blank */
275 static int	update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */
276 
277 static char_u	*last_insert = NULL;	/* the text of the previous insert,
278 					   K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
279 static int	last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
280 static int	new_insert_skip;  /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
281 static int	did_restart_edit;	/* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
282 
283 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
284 static int	can_cindent;		/* may do cindenting on this line */
285 #endif
286 
287 static int	old_indent = 0;		/* for ^^D command in insert mode */
288 
289 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
290 static int	revins_on;		/* reverse insert mode on */
291 static int	revins_chars;		/* how much to skip after edit */
292 static int	revins_legal;		/* was the last char 'legal'? */
293 static int	revins_scol;		/* start column of revins session */
294 #endif
295 
296 static int	ins_need_undo;		/* call u_save() before inserting a
297 					   char.  Set when edit() is called.
298 					   after that arrow_used is used. */
299 
300 static int	did_add_space = FALSE;	/* auto_format() added an extra space
301 					   under the cursor */
302 static int	dont_sync_undo = FALSE;	/* CTRL-G U prevents syncing undo for
303 					   the next left/right cursor */
304 
305 /*
306  * edit(): Start inserting text.
307  *
308  * "cmdchar" can be:
309  * 'i'	normal insert command
310  * 'a'	normal append command
311  * 'R'	replace command
312  * 'r'	"r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>.  Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
313  *	but still only one <CR> is inserted.  The <Esc> is not used for redo.
314  * 'g'	"gI" command.
315  * 'V'	"gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
316  * 'v'	"gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
317  *
318  * This function is not called recursively.  For CTRL-O commands, it returns
319  * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
320  *
321  * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
322  */
323     int
324 edit(
325     int		cmdchar,
326     int		startln,	/* if set, insert at start of line */
327     long	count)
328 {
329     int		c = 0;
330     char_u	*ptr;
331     int		lastc;
332     int		mincol;
333     static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
334     int		i;
335     int		did_backspace = TRUE;	    /* previous char was backspace */
336 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
337     int		line_is_white = FALSE;	    /* line is empty before insert */
338 #endif
339     linenr_T	old_topline = 0;	    /* topline before insertion */
340 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
341     int		old_topfill = -1;
342 #endif
343     int		inserted_space = FALSE;     /* just inserted a space */
344     int		replaceState = REPLACE;
345     int		nomove = FALSE;		    /* don't move cursor on return */
346 
347     /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
348     did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
349 
350     /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
351      * error message */
352     check_for_delay(TRUE);
353 
354     /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */
355     update_Insstart_orig = TRUE;
356 
357 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
358     /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
359     if (sandbox != 0)
360     {
361 	EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
362 	return FALSE;
363     }
364 #endif
365     /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline.  The
366      * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
367     if (textlock != 0)
368     {
369 	EMSG(_(e_secure));
370 	return FALSE;
371     }
372 
373 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
374     /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
375     if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible())
376     {
377 	EMSG(_(e_secure));
378 	return FALSE;
379     }
380     ins_compl_clear();	    /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
381 #endif
382 
383 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
384     /*
385      * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands.  Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
386      */
387     if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
388     {
389 	pos_T   save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
390 
391 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
392 	if (cmdchar == 'R')
393 	    ptr = (char_u *)"r";
394 	else if (cmdchar == 'V')
395 	    ptr = (char_u *)"v";
396 	else
397 	    ptr = (char_u *)"i";
398 	set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
399 	set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1);  /* clear v:char */
400 # endif
401 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
402 
403 	/* Make sure the cursor didn't move.  Do call check_cursor_col() in
404 	 * case the text was modified.  Since Insert mode was not started yet
405 	 * a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with
406 	 * the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the
407 	 * line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted).
408 	 * Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string. */
409 	if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor)
410 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
411 		&& *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL
412 # endif
413 		&& save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
414 	{
415 	    int save_state = State;
416 
417 	    curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor;
418 	    State = INSERT;
419 	    check_cursor_col();
420 	    State = save_state;
421 	}
422     }
423 #endif
424 
425 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
426     /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State.  If
427      * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */
428     conceal_check_cursur_line();
429 #endif
430 
431 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
432     /*
433      * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
434      * where the paste started.
435      */
436     if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
437 	Insstart = where_paste_started;
438     else
439 #endif
440     {
441 	Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
442 	if (startln)
443 	    Insstart.col = 0;
444     }
445     Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
446     Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
447     if (!did_ai)
448 	ai_col = 0;
449 
450     if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
451     {
452 	ResetRedobuff();
453 	AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
454 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
455 	if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
456 	{
457 	    /* "gR" or "gr" command */
458 	    AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
459 	    AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
460 	}
461 	else
462 #endif
463 	{
464 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
465 	    if (cmdchar == 'g')		    /* "gI" command */
466 		AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
467 	    else if (cmdchar == 'r')	    /* "r<CR>" command */
468 		count = 1;		    /* insert only one <CR> */
469 	}
470     }
471 
472     if (cmdchar == 'R')
473     {
474 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
475 	if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
476 	{
477 	    beep_flush();
478 	    EMSG(farsi_text_3);	    /* encoded in Farsi */
479 	    State = INSERT;
480 	}
481 	else
482 #endif
483 	State = REPLACE;
484     }
485 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
486     else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
487     {
488 	State = VREPLACE;
489 	replaceState = VREPLACE;
490 	orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
491 	vr_lines_changed = 1;
492     }
493 #endif
494     else
495 	State = INSERT;
496 
497     stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
498 
499     /*
500      * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
501      * on a TAB or special character.
502      */
503     curs_columns(TRUE);
504 
505     /*
506      * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
507      * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
508      * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used.  It is updated
509      * when hitting <Esc>.
510      */
511     if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
512 	State |= LANGMAP;
513 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
514     im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
515 #endif
516 
517 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
518     setmouse();
519 #endif
520 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
521     clear_showcmd();
522 #endif
523 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
524     /* there is no reverse replace mode */
525     revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
526     if (revins_on)
527 	undisplay_dollar();
528     revins_chars = 0;
529     revins_legal = 0;
530     revins_scol = -1;
531 #endif
532 
533     /*
534      * Handle restarting Insert mode.
535      * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
536      * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
537      */
538     if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
539     {
540 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
541 	/*
542 	 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
543 	 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
544 	 */
545 	if (where_paste_started.lnum)
546 	    arrow_used = FALSE;
547 	else
548 #endif
549 	    arrow_used = TRUE;
550 	restart_edit = 0;
551 
552 	/*
553 	 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
554 	 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
555 	 * correct in very rare cases).
556 	 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
557 	 * column.  Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
558 	 */
559 	validate_virtcol();
560 	update_curswant();
561 	if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
562 		    || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
563 		&& *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
564 	{
565 	    if (ptr[1] == NUL)
566 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
567 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
568 	    else if (has_mbyte)
569 	    {
570 		i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
571 		if (ptr[i] == NUL)
572 		    curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
573 	    }
574 #endif
575 	}
576 	ins_at_eol = FALSE;
577     }
578     else
579 	arrow_used = FALSE;
580 
581     /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
582     need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
583 
584     /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
585     ins_need_undo = TRUE;
586 
587 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
588     where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
589 #endif
590 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
591     can_cindent = TRUE;
592 #endif
593 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
594     /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
595      * restarting. */
596     if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
597 	foldOpenCursor();
598 #endif
599 
600     /*
601      * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
602      * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
603      * actually changing anything.  It's put after the mode, if any.
604      */
605     i = 0;
606     if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
607 	i = showmode();
608 
609     if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
610 	change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1);
611 
612 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
613     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
614 #endif
615 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
616     do_digraph(-1);		/* clear digraphs */
617 #endif
618 
619     /*
620      * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
621      * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
622      */
623     ptr = get_inserted();
624     if (ptr == NULL)
625 	new_insert_skip = 0;
626     else
627     {
628 	new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
629 	vim_free(ptr);
630     }
631 
632     old_indent = 0;
633 
634     /*
635      * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
636      */
637     for (;;)
638     {
639 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
640 	if (!revins_legal)
641 	    revins_scol = -1;	    /* reset on illegal motions */
642 	else
643 	    revins_legal = 0;
644 #endif
645 	if (arrow_used)	    /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
646 	    count = 0;
647 
648 	if (update_Insstart_orig)
649 	    Insstart_orig = Insstart;
650 
651 	if (stop_insert_mode)
652 	{
653 	    /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
654 	    count = 0;
655 	    goto doESCkey;
656 	}
657 
658 	/* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
659 	if (!arrow_used)
660 	    curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
661 
662 	/* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
663 	 * menu invoked a shell command). */
664 	if (stuff_empty())
665 	{
666 	    did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
667 	    if (need_check_timestamps)
668 		check_timestamps(FALSE);
669 	}
670 
671 	/*
672 	 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
673 	 */
674 	msg_scroll = FALSE;
675 
676 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
677 	/* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
678 	 * another window.  "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
679 	 * autocommand. */
680 	if (need_mouse_correct)
681 	    gui_mouse_correct();
682 #endif
683 
684 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
685 	/* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
686 	if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
687 	    foldOpenCursor();
688 	/* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
689 	if (!char_avail())
690 	    foldCheckClose();
691 #endif
692 
693 	/*
694 	 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
695 	 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
696 	 * redraw.
697 	 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
698 	 * something.
699 	 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
700 	 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
701 	 */
702 	if (curbuf->b_mod_set
703 		&& curwin->w_p_wrap
704 		&& !did_backspace
705 		&& curwin->w_topline == old_topline
706 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
707 		&& curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
708 #endif
709 		)
710 	{
711 	    mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
712 	    validate_cursor_col();
713 
714 	    if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
715 		    && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
716 						 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
717 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
718 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
719 			|| curwin->w_topfill > 0
720 #endif
721 		    ))
722 	    {
723 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
724 		if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
725 		    --curwin->w_topfill;
726 		else
727 #endif
728 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
729 		if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
730 		    set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
731 		else
732 #endif
733 		    set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
734 	    }
735 	}
736 
737 	/* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
738 	update_topline();
739 
740 	did_backspace = FALSE;
741 
742 	validate_cursor();		/* may set must_redraw */
743 
744 	/*
745 	 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
746 	 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
747 	 */
748 	ins_redraw(TRUE);
749 
750 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
751 	if (curwin->w_p_scb)
752 	    do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
753 #endif
754 
755 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND
756 	if (curwin->w_p_crb)
757 	    do_check_cursorbind();
758 #endif
759 	update_curswant();
760 	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
761 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
762 	old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
763 #endif
764 
765 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
766 	dont_scroll = FALSE;		/* allow scrolling here */
767 #endif
768 
769 	/*
770 	 * Get a character for Insert mode.  Ignore K_IGNORE.
771 	 */
772 	if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
773 	    lastc = c;		/* remember the previous char for CTRL-D */
774 
775 	/* After using CTRL-G U the next cursor key will not break undo. */
776 	if (dont_sync_undo == MAYBE)
777 	    dont_sync_undo = TRUE;
778 	else
779 	    dont_sync_undo = FALSE;
780 	do
781 	{
782 	    c = safe_vgetc();
783 	} while (c == K_IGNORE);
784 
785 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
786 	/* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
787 	did_cursorhold = TRUE;
788 #endif
789 
790 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
791 	if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
792 	    c = hkmap(c);		/* Hebrew mode mapping */
793 #endif
794 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
795 	if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
796 	    c = fkmap(c);		/* Farsi mode mapping */
797 #endif
798 
799 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
800 	/*
801 	 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
802 	 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.  Only when there is
803 	 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
804 	 */
805 	if (compl_started
806 		&& pum_wanted()
807 		&& curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
808 		&& (compl_shown_match == NULL
809 		    || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
810 	{
811 	    /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
812 	    if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
813 			&& curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
814 			&& (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
815 		continue;
816 
817 	    /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
818 	    if (!compl_used_match)
819 	    {
820 		/* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
821 		 * "compl_leader".  Except when at the original match and
822 		 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
823 		if (c == Ctrl_L
824 			&& (!CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)
825 			    || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
826 					  > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
827 		{
828 		    ins_compl_addfrommatch();
829 		    continue;
830 		}
831 
832 		/* A non-white character that fits in with the current
833 		 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
834 		if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
835 		{
836 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
837 		    /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */
838 		    char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c);
839 		    char_u *p;
840 
841 		    if (str != NULL)
842 		    {
843 			for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
844 			    ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p));
845 			vim_free(str);
846 		    }
847 		    else
848 #endif
849 			ins_compl_addleader(c);
850 		    continue;
851 		}
852 
853 		/* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match.  When
854 		 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
855 		if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
856 				   && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
857 		{
858 		    ins_compl_delete();
859 		    ins_compl_insert();
860 		}
861 	    }
862 	}
863 
864 	/* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode.  This doesn't do completion, but
865 	 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
866 	compl_get_longest = FALSE;
867 	if (ins_compl_prep(c))
868 	    continue;
869 #endif
870 
871 	/* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
872 	 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
873 	 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor.  */
874 	if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
875 	{
876 	    /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
877 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);
878 	    ++no_mapping;
879 	    ++allow_keys;
880 	    c = plain_vgetc();
881 	    --no_mapping;
882 	    --allow_keys;
883 	    if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
884 	    {
885 		/* it's something else */
886 		vungetc(c);
887 		c = Ctrl_BSL;
888 	    }
889 	    else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
890 		continue;
891 	    else
892 	    {
893 		if (c == Ctrl_O)
894 		{
895 		    ins_ctrl_o();
896 		    ins_at_eol = FALSE;	/* cursor keeps its column */
897 		    nomove = TRUE;
898 		}
899 		count = 0;
900 		goto doESCkey;
901 	    }
902 	}
903 
904 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
905 	c = do_digraph(c);
906 #endif
907 
908 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
909 	if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
910 	    goto docomplete;
911 #endif
912 	if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
913 	{
914 	    ins_ctrl_v();
915 	    c = Ctrl_V;	/* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
916 	    continue;
917 	}
918 
919 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
920 	if (cindent_on()
921 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
922 		&& ctrl_x_mode == 0
923 # endif
924 	   )
925 	{
926 	    /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
927 	     * inserted.  Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
928 	     * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
929 	     * done before inserting the key. */
930 	    line_is_white = inindent(0);
931 	    if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
932 		goto force_cindent;
933 	    if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
934 							&& stop_arrow() == OK)
935 		do_c_expr_indent();
936 	}
937 #endif
938 
939 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
940 	if (curwin->w_p_rl)
941 	    switch (c)
942 	    {
943 		case K_LEFT:	c = K_RIGHT; break;
944 		case K_S_LEFT:	c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
945 		case K_C_LEFT:	c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
946 		case K_RIGHT:	c = K_LEFT; break;
947 		case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
948 		case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
949 	    }
950 #endif
951 
952 	/*
953 	 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.  If it
954 	 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
955 	 * characters.
956 	 */
957 	if (ins_start_select(c))
958 	    continue;
959 
960 	/*
961 	 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
962 	 */
963 	switch (c)
964 	{
965 	case ESC:	/* End input mode */
966 	    if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
967 		break;
968 	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
969 
970 	case Ctrl_C:	/* End input mode */
971 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
972 	    if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
973 	    {
974 		/* Close the cmdline window. */
975 		cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
976 		got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
977 		nomove = TRUE;
978 		goto doESCkey;
979 	    }
980 #endif
981 
982 #ifdef UNIX
983 do_intr:
984 #endif
985 	    /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
986 	     * Insert mode */
987 	    if (goto_im())
988 	    {
989 		if (got_int)
990 		{
991 		    (void)vgetc();		/* flush all buffers */
992 		    got_int = FALSE;
993 		}
994 		else
995 		    vim_beep(BO_IM);
996 		break;
997 	    }
998 doESCkey:
999 	    /*
1000 	     * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
1001 	     */
1002 	    /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
1003 	     * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
1004 	    if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
1005 		o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1006 
1007 	    if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
1008 	    {
1009 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1010 		if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
1011 		    apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
1012 							       FALSE, curbuf);
1013 		did_cursorhold = FALSE;
1014 #endif
1015 		return (c == Ctrl_O);
1016 	    }
1017 	    continue;
1018 
1019 	case Ctrl_Z:	/* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
1020 	    if (!p_im)
1021 		goto normalchar;	/* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
1022 	    stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
1023 	    c = Ctrl_O;
1024 	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
1025 
1026 	case Ctrl_O:	/* execute one command */
1027 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1028 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
1029 		goto docomplete;
1030 #endif
1031 	    if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
1032 		break;
1033 	    ins_ctrl_o();
1034 
1035 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1036 	    /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
1037 	    if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
1038 	    {
1039 		ins_at_eol = FALSE;
1040 		nomove = TRUE;
1041 	    }
1042 #endif
1043 	    count = 0;
1044 	    goto doESCkey;
1045 
1046 	case K_INS:	/* toggle insert/replace mode */
1047 	case K_KINS:
1048 	    ins_insert(replaceState);
1049 	    break;
1050 
1051 	case K_SELECT:	/* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
1052 	    break;
1053 
1054 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
1055 	case K_SNIFF:	/* Sniff command received */
1056 	    stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
1057 	    goto doESCkey;
1058 #endif
1059 
1060 	case K_HELP:	/* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
1061 	case K_F1:
1062 	case K_XF1:
1063 	    stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
1064 	    if (p_im)
1065 		need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
1066 	    goto doESCkey;
1067 
1068 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1069 	case K_F21:	/* NetBeans command */
1070 	    ++no_mapping;		/* don't map the next key hits */
1071 	    i = plain_vgetc();
1072 	    --no_mapping;
1073 	    netbeans_keycommand(i);
1074 	    break;
1075 #endif
1076 
1077 	case K_ZERO:	/* Insert the previously inserted text. */
1078 	case NUL:
1079 	case Ctrl_A:
1080 	    /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
1081 	     * error.  */
1082 	    if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
1083 						   && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
1084 		goto doESCkey;		/* quit insert mode */
1085 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1086 	    break;
1087 
1088 	case Ctrl_R:	/* insert the contents of a register */
1089 	    ins_reg();
1090 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1091 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1092 	    break;
1093 
1094 	case Ctrl_G:	/* commands starting with CTRL-G */
1095 	    ins_ctrl_g();
1096 	    break;
1097 
1098 	case Ctrl_HAT:	/* switch input mode and/or langmap */
1099 	    ins_ctrl_hat();
1100 	    break;
1101 
1102 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1103 	case Ctrl__:	/* switch between languages */
1104 	    if (!p_ari)
1105 		goto normalchar;
1106 	    ins_ctrl_();
1107 	    break;
1108 #endif
1109 
1110 	case Ctrl_D:	/* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
1111 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1112 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
1113 		goto docomplete;
1114 #endif
1115 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1116 
1117 	case Ctrl_T:	/* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
1118 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1119 	    if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
1120 	    {
1121 		if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
1122 		    goto docomplete;
1123 		break;
1124 	    }
1125 # endif
1126 	    ins_shift(c, lastc);
1127 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1128 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1129 	    break;
1130 
1131 	case K_DEL:	/* delete character under the cursor */
1132 	case K_KDEL:
1133 	    ins_del();
1134 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1135 	    break;
1136 
1137 	case K_BS:	/* delete character before the cursor */
1138 	case Ctrl_H:
1139 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
1140 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1141 	    break;
1142 
1143 	case Ctrl_W:	/* delete word before the cursor */
1144 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
1145 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1146 	    break;
1147 
1148 	case Ctrl_U:	/* delete all inserted text in current line */
1149 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
1150 	    /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
1151 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
1152 		goto docomplete;
1153 # endif
1154 	    did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
1155 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1156 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1157 	    break;
1158 
1159 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
1160 	case K_LEFTMOUSE:   /* mouse keys */
1161 	case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
1162 	case K_LEFTDRAG:
1163 	case K_LEFTRELEASE:
1164 	case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
1165 	case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
1166 	case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
1167 	case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
1168 	case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
1169 	case K_RIGHTDRAG:
1170 	case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
1171 	case K_X1MOUSE:
1172 	case K_X1DRAG:
1173 	case K_X1RELEASE:
1174 	case K_X2MOUSE:
1175 	case K_X2DRAG:
1176 	case K_X2RELEASE:
1177 	    ins_mouse(c);
1178 	    break;
1179 
1180 	case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
1181 	    ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN);
1182 	    break;
1183 
1184 	case K_MOUSEUP:	/* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
1185 	    ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP);
1186 	    break;
1187 
1188 	case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */
1189 	    ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT);
1190 	    break;
1191 
1192 	case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */
1193 	    ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT);
1194 	    break;
1195 #endif
1196 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
1197 	case K_TABLINE:
1198 	case K_TABMENU:
1199 	    ins_tabline(c);
1200 	    break;
1201 #endif
1202 
1203 	case K_IGNORE:	/* Something mapped to nothing */
1204 	    break;
1205 
1206 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1207 	case K_CURSORHOLD:	/* Didn't type something for a while. */
1208 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1209 	    did_cursorhold = TRUE;
1210 	    break;
1211 #endif
1212 
1213 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
1214 	    /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
1215 	     * cancelled. */
1216 	case K_F4:
1217 	    if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
1218 		goto normalchar;
1219 	    break;
1220 #endif
1221 
1222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
1223 	case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
1224 	    ins_scroll();
1225 	    break;
1226 
1227 	case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
1228 	    ins_horscroll();
1229 	    break;
1230 #endif
1231 
1232 	case K_HOME:	/* <Home> */
1233 	case K_KHOME:
1234 	case K_S_HOME:
1235 	case K_C_HOME:
1236 	    ins_home(c);
1237 	    break;
1238 
1239 	case K_END:	/* <End> */
1240 	case K_KEND:
1241 	case K_S_END:
1242 	case K_C_END:
1243 	    ins_end(c);
1244 	    break;
1245 
1246 	case K_LEFT:	/* <Left> */
1247 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1248 		ins_s_left();
1249 	    else
1250 		ins_left(dont_sync_undo == FALSE);
1251 	    break;
1252 
1253 	case K_S_LEFT:	/* <S-Left> */
1254 	case K_C_LEFT:
1255 	    ins_s_left();
1256 	    break;
1257 
1258 	case K_RIGHT:	/* <Right> */
1259 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
1260 		ins_s_right();
1261 	    else
1262 		ins_right(dont_sync_undo == FALSE);
1263 	    break;
1264 
1265 	case K_S_RIGHT:	/* <S-Right> */
1266 	case K_C_RIGHT:
1267 	    ins_s_right();
1268 	    break;
1269 
1270 	case K_UP:	/* <Up> */
1271 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1272 	    if (pum_visible())
1273 		goto docomplete;
1274 #endif
1275 	    if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1276 		ins_pageup();
1277 	    else
1278 		ins_up(FALSE);
1279 	    break;
1280 
1281 	case K_S_UP:	/* <S-Up> */
1282 	case K_PAGEUP:
1283 	case K_KPAGEUP:
1284 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1285 	    if (pum_visible())
1286 		goto docomplete;
1287 #endif
1288 	    ins_pageup();
1289 	    break;
1290 
1291 	case K_DOWN:	/* <Down> */
1292 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1293 	    if (pum_visible())
1294 		goto docomplete;
1295 #endif
1296 	    if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
1297 		ins_pagedown();
1298 	    else
1299 		ins_down(FALSE);
1300 	    break;
1301 
1302 	case K_S_DOWN:	/* <S-Down> */
1303 	case K_PAGEDOWN:
1304 	case K_KPAGEDOWN:
1305 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1306 	    if (pum_visible())
1307 		goto docomplete;
1308 #endif
1309 	    ins_pagedown();
1310 	    break;
1311 
1312 #ifdef FEAT_DND
1313 	case K_DROP:	/* drag-n-drop event */
1314 	    ins_drop();
1315 	    break;
1316 #endif
1317 
1318 	case K_S_TAB:	/* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
1319 	    c = TAB;
1320 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1321 
1322 	case TAB:	/* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
1323 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
1324 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
1325 		goto docomplete;
1326 #endif
1327 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1328 	    if (ins_tab())
1329 		goto normalchar;	/* insert TAB as a normal char */
1330 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1331 	    break;
1332 
1333 	case K_KENTER:	/* <Enter> */
1334 	    c = CAR;
1335 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1336 	case CAR:
1337 	case NL:
1338 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
1339 	    /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
1340 	     * cursor. */
1341 	    if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
1342 	    {
1343 		if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL)    /* quickfix window */
1344 		    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
1345 		else				    /* location list window */
1346 		    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
1347 		break;
1348 	    }
1349 #endif
1350 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
1351 	    if (cmdwin_type != 0)
1352 	    {
1353 		/* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
1354 		cmdwin_result = CAR;
1355 		goto doESCkey;
1356 	    }
1357 #endif
1358 	    if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
1359 		goto doESCkey;	    /* out of memory */
1360 	    auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
1361 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1362 	    break;
1363 
1364 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
1365 	case Ctrl_K:	    /* digraph or keyword completion */
1366 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1367 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
1368 	    {
1369 		if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
1370 		    goto docomplete;
1371 		break;
1372 	    }
1373 # endif
1374 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
1375 	    c = ins_digraph();
1376 	    if (c == NUL)
1377 		break;
1378 # endif
1379 	    goto normalchar;
1380 #endif
1381 
1382 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1383 	case Ctrl_X:	/* Enter CTRL-X mode */
1384 	    ins_ctrl_x();
1385 	    break;
1386 
1387 	case Ctrl_RSB:	/* Tag name completion after ^X */
1388 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
1389 		goto normalchar;
1390 	    goto docomplete;
1391 
1392 	case Ctrl_F:	/* File name completion after ^X */
1393 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
1394 		goto normalchar;
1395 	    goto docomplete;
1396 
1397 	case 's':	/* Spelling completion after ^X */
1398 	case Ctrl_S:
1399 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
1400 		goto normalchar;
1401 	    goto docomplete;
1402 #endif
1403 
1404 	case Ctrl_L:	/* Whole line completion after ^X */
1405 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1406 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
1407 #endif
1408 	    {
1409 		/* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
1410 		if (p_im)
1411 		{
1412 		    if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
1413 			break;
1414 		    goto doESCkey;
1415 		}
1416 		goto normalchar;
1417 	    }
1418 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1419 	    /* FALLTHROUGH */
1420 
1421 	case Ctrl_P:	/* Do previous/next pattern completion */
1422 	case Ctrl_N:
1423 	    /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
1424 	     * but it is under other ^X modes */
1425 	    if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
1426 		    && ctrl_x_mode != 0
1427 		    && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
1428 		goto normalchar;
1429 
1430 docomplete:
1431 	    compl_busy = TRUE;
1432 	    if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
1433 		compl_cont_status = 0;
1434 	    compl_busy = FALSE;
1435 	    break;
1436 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
1437 
1438 	case Ctrl_Y:	/* copy from previous line or scroll down */
1439 	case Ctrl_E:	/* copy from next line	   or scroll up */
1440 	    c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
1441 	    break;
1442 
1443 	  default:
1444 #ifdef UNIX
1445 	    if (c == intr_char)		/* special interrupt char */
1446 		goto do_intr;
1447 #endif
1448 
1449 normalchar:
1450 	    /*
1451 	     * Insert a normal character.
1452 	     */
1453 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1454 	    if (!p_paste)
1455 	    {
1456 		/* Trigger InsertCharPre. */
1457 		char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c);
1458 		char_u *p;
1459 
1460 		if (str != NULL)
1461 		{
1462 		    if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL)
1463 		    {
1464 			/* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */
1465 			for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
1466 			{
1467 			    c = PTR2CHAR(p);
1468 			    if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)
1469 				ins_eol(c);
1470 			    else
1471 				ins_char(c);
1472 			}
1473 			AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1);
1474 		    }
1475 		    vim_free(str);
1476 		    c = NUL;
1477 		}
1478 
1479 		/* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string
1480 		 * then don't insert any character. */
1481 		if (c == NUL)
1482 		    break;
1483 	    }
1484 #endif
1485 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1486 	    /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
1487 	    ins_try_si(c);
1488 #endif
1489 
1490 	    if (c == ' ')
1491 	    {
1492 		inserted_space = TRUE;
1493 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1494 		if (inindent(0))
1495 		    can_cindent = FALSE;
1496 #endif
1497 		if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
1498 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
1499 		    Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
1500 	    }
1501 
1502 	    /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a
1503 	     * special character.  Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without
1504 	     * inserting it. */
1505 	    if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr(
1506 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1507 			/* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
1508 			 * what check_abbr() expects. */
1509 			(has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
1510 #endif
1511 		       c) && c != Ctrl_RSB))
1512 	    {
1513 		insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
1514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1515 		revins_legal++;
1516 		revins_chars++;
1517 #endif
1518 	    }
1519 
1520 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
1521 
1522 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1523 	    /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
1524 	     * closed fold. */
1525 	    foldOpenCursor();
1526 #endif
1527 	    break;
1528 	}   /* end of switch (c) */
1529 
1530 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1531 	/* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
1532 	if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
1533 	    did_cursorhold = FALSE;
1534 #endif
1535 
1536 	/* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
1537 	if (arrow_used)
1538 	    inserted_space = FALSE;
1539 
1540 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1541 	if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
1542 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1543 		&& ctrl_x_mode == 0
1544 # endif
1545 	   )
1546 	{
1547 force_cindent:
1548 	    /*
1549 	     * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
1550 	     */
1551 	    if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
1552 	    {
1553 		if (stop_arrow() == OK)
1554 		    /* re-indent the current line */
1555 		    do_c_expr_indent();
1556 	    }
1557 	}
1558 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
1559 
1560     }	/* for (;;) */
1561     /* NOTREACHED */
1562 }
1563 
1564 /*
1565  * Redraw for Insert mode.
1566  * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
1567  * option work correctly.
1568  * Only redraw when there are no characters available.  This speeds up
1569  * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
1570  */
1571     static void
1572 ins_redraw(
1573     int		ready UNUSED)	    /* not busy with something */
1574 {
1575 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
1576     linenr_T	conceal_old_cursor_line = 0;
1577     linenr_T	conceal_new_cursor_line = 0;
1578     int		conceal_update_lines = FALSE;
1579 #endif
1580 
1581     if (char_avail())
1582 	return;
1583 
1584 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL)
1585     /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved.  Not when the popup menu is
1586      * visible, the command might delete it. */
1587     if (ready && (
1588 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1589 		has_cursormovedI()
1590 # endif
1591 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL)
1592 		||
1593 # endif
1594 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
1595 		curwin->w_p_cole > 0
1596 # endif
1597 		)
1598 	&& !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
1599 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1600 	&& !pum_visible()
1601 # endif
1602        )
1603     {
1604 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1605 	/* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
1606 	 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
1607 	 * a "(".  The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
1608 	 * again below, unfortunately. */
1609 	if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw)
1610 	    update_screen(0);
1611 # endif
1612 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1613 	if (has_cursormovedI())
1614 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1615 # endif
1616 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
1617 	if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0)
1618 	{
1619 	    conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum;
1620 	    conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1621 	    conceal_update_lines = TRUE;
1622 	}
1623 # endif
1624 	last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
1625     }
1626 #endif
1627 
1628 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
1629     /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */
1630     if (ready && has_textchangedI()
1631 	    && last_changedtick != curbuf->b_changedtick
1632 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
1633 	    && !pum_visible()
1634 # endif
1635 	    )
1636     {
1637 	if (last_changedtick_buf == curbuf)
1638 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1639 	last_changedtick_buf = curbuf;
1640 	last_changedtick = curbuf->b_changedtick;
1641     }
1642 #endif
1643 
1644     if (must_redraw)
1645 	update_screen(0);
1646     else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
1647 	showmode();		/* clear cmdline and show mode */
1648 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL)
1649     if ((conceal_update_lines
1650 	    && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line
1651 		|| conceal_cursor_line(curwin)))
1652 	    || need_cursor_line_redraw)
1653     {
1654 	if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line)
1655 	    update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line);
1656 	update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0
1657 		       ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line);
1658 	curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW;
1659     }
1660 # endif
1661     showruler(FALSE);
1662     setcursor();
1663     emsg_on_display = FALSE;	/* may remove error message now */
1664 }
1665 
1666 /*
1667  * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
1668  */
1669     static void
1670 ins_ctrl_v(void)
1671 {
1672     int		c;
1673     int		did_putchar = FALSE;
1674 
1675     /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
1676     ins_redraw(FALSE);
1677 
1678     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
1679     {
1680 	edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
1681 	did_putchar = TRUE;
1682     }
1683     AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);	/* CTRL-V */
1684 
1685 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1686     add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
1687 #endif
1688 
1689     c = get_literal();
1690     if (did_putchar)
1691 	/* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next
1692 	 * line and will not removed by the redraw */
1693 	edit_unputchar();
1694 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
1695     clear_showcmd();
1696 #endif
1697     insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
1698 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1699     revins_chars++;
1700     revins_legal++;
1701 #endif
1702 }
1703 
1704 /*
1705  * Put a character directly onto the screen.  It's not stored in a buffer.
1706  * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
1707  */
1708 static int  pc_status;
1709 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET	0	/* pc_bytes was not set */
1710 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT	1	/* right halve of double-wide char */
1711 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT	2	/* left halve of double-wide char */
1712 #define PC_STATUS_SET	3	/* pc_bytes was filled */
1713 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
1714 static int  pc_attr;
1715 static int  pc_row;
1716 static int  pc_col;
1717 
1718     void
1719 edit_putchar(int c, int highlight)
1720 {
1721     int	    attr;
1722 
1723     if (ScreenLines != NULL)
1724     {
1725 	update_topline();	/* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
1726 	validate_cursor();
1727 	if (highlight)
1728 	    attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
1729 	else
1730 	    attr = 0;
1731 	pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
1732 	pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
1733 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1734 	pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
1735 #endif
1736 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1737 	if (curwin->w_p_rl)
1738 	{
1739 	    pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
1740 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1741 	    if (has_mbyte)
1742 	    {
1743 		int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
1744 
1745 		if (fix_col != pc_col)
1746 		{
1747 		    screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
1748 		    --curwin->w_wcol;
1749 		    pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
1750 		}
1751 	    }
1752 # endif
1753 	}
1754 	else
1755 #endif
1756 	{
1757 	    pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
1758 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1759 	    if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
1760 		pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
1761 #endif
1762 	}
1763 
1764 	/* save the character to be able to put it back */
1765 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1766 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
1767 #endif
1768 	{
1769 	    screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
1770 	    pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
1771 	}
1772 	screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
1773     }
1774 }
1775 
1776 /*
1777  * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
1778  */
1779     void
1780 edit_unputchar(void)
1781 {
1782     if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
1783     {
1784 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
1785 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
1786 	    ++curwin->w_wcol;
1787 	if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
1788 	    redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1789 	else
1790 #endif
1791 	    screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
1792     }
1793 }
1794 
1795 /*
1796  * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
1797  * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
1798  */
1799     void
1800 display_dollar(colnr_T col)
1801 {
1802     colnr_T save_col;
1803 
1804     if (!redrawing())
1805 	return;
1806 
1807     cursor_off();
1808     save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1809     curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
1810 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1811     if (has_mbyte)
1812     {
1813 	char_u *p;
1814 
1815 	/* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
1816 	p = ml_get_curline();
1817 	curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
1818     }
1819 #endif
1820     curs_columns(FALSE);	    /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
1821     if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
1822     {
1823 	edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
1824 	dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
1825     }
1826     curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
1827 }
1828 
1829 /*
1830  * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
1831  * in insert mode.
1832  */
1833     static void
1834 undisplay_dollar(void)
1835 {
1836     if (dollar_vcol >= 0)
1837     {
1838 	dollar_vcol = -1;
1839 	redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
1840     }
1841 }
1842 
1843 /*
1844  * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
1845  * Keep the cursor on the same character.
1846  * type == INDENT_INC	increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
1847  * type == INDENT_DEC	decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
1848  * type == INDENT_SET	set indent to "amount"
1849  * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
1850  */
1851     void
1852 change_indent(
1853     int		type,
1854     int		amount,
1855     int		round,
1856     int		replaced,	/* replaced character, put on replace stack */
1857     int		call_changed_bytes)	/* call changed_bytes() */
1858 {
1859     int		vcol;
1860     int		last_vcol;
1861     int		insstart_less;		/* reduction for Insstart.col */
1862     int		new_cursor_col;
1863     int		i;
1864     char_u	*ptr;
1865     int		save_p_list;
1866     int		start_col;
1867     colnr_T	vc;
1868 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1869     colnr_T	orig_col = 0;		/* init for GCC */
1870     char_u	*new_line, *orig_line = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
1871 
1872     /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
1873     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1874     {
1875 	orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());  /* Deal with NULL below */
1876 	orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1877     }
1878 #endif
1879 
1880     /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
1881     save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1882     curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1883     vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
1884     vcol = vc;
1885 
1886     /*
1887      * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
1888      * possible when the cursor is in the indent.  Remember the number of
1889      * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
1890      */
1891     start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1892 
1893     /* determine offset from first non-blank */
1894     new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1895     beginline(BL_WHITE);
1896     new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1897 
1898     insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1899 
1900     /*
1901      * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
1902      * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
1903      */
1904     if (new_cursor_col < 0)
1905 	vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1906 
1907     if (new_cursor_col > 0)	    /* can't fix replace stack */
1908 	start_col = -1;
1909 
1910     /*
1911      * Set the new indent.  The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
1912      */
1913     if (type == INDENT_SET)
1914 	(void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
1915     else
1916     {
1917 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1918 	int	save_State = State;
1919 
1920 	/* Avoid being called recursively. */
1921 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1922 	    State = INSERT;
1923 #endif
1924 	shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
1925 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1926 	State = save_State;
1927 #endif
1928     }
1929     insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1930 
1931     /*
1932      * Try to put cursor on same character.
1933      * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
1934      * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
1935      * non-blank character.
1936      * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
1937      * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
1938      * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
1939      */
1940     if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
1941     {
1942 	/*
1943 	 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
1944 	 * Insstart_col to 0.
1945 	 */
1946 	if (new_cursor_col == 0)
1947 	    insstart_less = MAXCOL;
1948 	new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1949     }
1950     else if (!(State & INSERT))
1951 	new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1952     else
1953     {
1954 	/*
1955 	 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
1956 	 */
1957 	vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
1958 	curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol);
1959 
1960 	/*
1961 	 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
1962 	 */
1963 	vcol = last_vcol = 0;
1964 	new_cursor_col = -1;
1965 	ptr = ml_get_curline();
1966 	while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1967 	{
1968 	    last_vcol = vcol;
1969 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1970 	    if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
1971 		new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
1972 	    else
1973 #endif
1974 		++new_cursor_col;
1975 	    vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
1976 	}
1977 	vcol = last_vcol;
1978 
1979 	/*
1980 	 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
1981 	 * the right screen column.
1982 	 */
1983 	if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
1984 	{
1985 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
1986 	    i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
1987 	    ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1));
1988 	    if (ptr != NULL)
1989 	    {
1990 		new_cursor_col += i;
1991 		ptr[i] = NUL;
1992 		while (--i >= 0)
1993 		    ptr[i] = ' ';
1994 		ins_str(ptr);
1995 		vim_free(ptr);
1996 	    }
1997 	}
1998 
1999 	/*
2000 	 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
2001 	 * Insstart_col to 0.
2002 	 */
2003 	insstart_less = MAXCOL;
2004     }
2005 
2006     curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
2007 
2008     if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
2009 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2010     else
2011 	curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
2012     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
2013     changed_cline_bef_curs();
2014 
2015     /*
2016      * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
2017      */
2018     if (State & INSERT)
2019     {
2020 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
2021 	{
2022 	    if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
2023 		Insstart.col = 0;
2024 	    else
2025 		Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
2026 	}
2027 	if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
2028 	    ai_col = 0;
2029 	else
2030 	    ai_col -= insstart_less;
2031     }
2032 
2033     /*
2034      * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
2035      * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
2036      * few characters from the replace stack.
2037      * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
2038      * few NULs onto the replace stack.
2039      */
2040     if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
2041     {
2042 	while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
2043 	{
2044 	    replace_join(0);	    /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
2045 	    --start_col;
2046 	}
2047 	while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
2048 	{
2049 	    replace_push(NUL);
2050 	    if (replaced)
2051 	    {
2052 		replace_push(replaced);
2053 		replaced = NUL;
2054 	    }
2055 	    ++start_col;
2056 	}
2057     }
2058 
2059 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
2060     /*
2061      * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack.  In this case
2062      * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
2063      * put it back again the way we wanted it.
2064      */
2065     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
2066     {
2067 	/* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return.  At least we did the job,
2068 	 * even if you can't backspace. */
2069 	if (orig_line == NULL)
2070 	    return;
2071 
2072 	/* Save new line */
2073 	new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
2074 	if (new_line == NULL)
2075 	    return;
2076 
2077 	/* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
2078 	new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
2079 
2080 	/* Put back original line */
2081 	ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
2082 	curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
2083 
2084 	/* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
2085 	backspace_until_column(0);
2086 
2087 	/* Insert new stuff into line again */
2088 	ins_bytes(new_line);
2089 
2090 	vim_free(new_line);
2091     }
2092 #endif
2093 }
2094 
2095 /*
2096  * Truncate the space at the end of a line.  This is to be used only in an
2097  * insert mode.  It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
2098  * modes.
2099  */
2100     void
2101 truncate_spaces(char_u *line)
2102 {
2103     int	    i;
2104 
2105     /* find start of trailing white space */
2106     for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
2107     {
2108 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
2109 	    replace_join(0);	    /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
2110     }
2111     line[i + 1] = NUL;
2112 }
2113 
2114 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
2115 	|| defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
2116 /*
2117  * Backspace the cursor until the given column.  Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
2118  * modes correctly.  May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
2119  * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing
2120  * character.
2121  */
2122     void
2123 backspace_until_column(int col)
2124 {
2125     while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
2126     {
2127 	curwin->w_cursor.col--;
2128 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
2129 	    replace_do_bs(col);
2130 	else if (!del_char_after_col(col))
2131 	    break;
2132     }
2133 }
2134 #endif
2135 
2136 /*
2137  * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col".
2138  * Only matters when there are composing characters.
2139  * Return TRUE when something was deleted.
2140  */
2141    static int
2142 del_char_after_col(int limit_col UNUSED)
2143 {
2144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2145     if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0)
2146     {
2147 	colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
2148 
2149 	/* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but
2150 	 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a
2151 	 * composing character. */
2152 	mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 	while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col)
2154 	{
2155 	    int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor());
2156 
2157 	    if (l == 0)  /* end of line */
2158 		break;
2159 	    curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
2160 	}
2161 	if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol)
2162 	    return FALSE;
2163 	del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE);
2164     }
2165     else
2166 #endif
2167 	(void)del_char(FALSE);
2168     return TRUE;
2169 }
2170 
2171 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
2172 /*
2173  * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
2174  */
2175     static void
2176 ins_ctrl_x(void)
2177 {
2178     /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
2179      * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
2180     if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
2181     {
2182 	/* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
2183 	 * compl_cont_status */
2184 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
2185 	    compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
2186 	else
2187 	    compl_cont_status = 0;
2188 	/* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
2189 	ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
2190 	edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
2191 	edit_submode_pre = NULL;
2192 	showmode();
2193     }
2194 }
2195 
2196 /*
2197  * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
2198  */
2199     static int
2200 has_compl_option(int dict_opt)
2201 {
2202     if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
2203 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2204 							&& !curwin->w_p_spell
2205 # endif
2206 							)
2207 		 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
2208     {
2209 	ctrl_x_mode = 0;
2210 	edit_submode = NULL;
2211 	msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
2212 			  : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
2213 							      hl_attr(HLF_E));
2214 	if (emsg_silent == 0)
2215 	{
2216 	    vim_beep(BO_COMPL);
2217 	    setcursor();
2218 	    out_flush();
2219 	    ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
2220 	}
2221 	return FALSE;
2222     }
2223     return TRUE;
2224 }
2225 
2226 /*
2227  * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
2228  * This depends on the current mode.
2229  */
2230     int
2231 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(int c)
2232 {
2233     /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
2234     if (c == Ctrl_R)
2235 	return TRUE;
2236 
2237     /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
2238     if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
2239 	return TRUE;
2240 
2241     switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2242     {
2243 	case 0:		    /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
2244 	    return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
2245 	case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
2246 	    return (   c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
2247 		    || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
2248 		    || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
2249 		    || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
2250 		    || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
2251 		    || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's');
2252 	case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
2253 	    return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
2254 	case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2255 	    return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2256 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
2257 	    return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2258 	case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
2259 	    return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2260 	case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
2261 	    return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2262 	case CTRL_X_TAGS:
2263 	    return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2264 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
2265 	case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
2266 	    return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2267 	case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
2268 	    return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2269 #endif
2270 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2271 	    return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
2272 		    || c == Ctrl_X);
2273 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
2274 	case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
2275 	    return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2276 	case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2277 	    return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2278 #endif
2279 	case CTRL_X_SPELL:
2280 	    return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2281 	case CTRL_X_EVAL:
2282 	    return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
2283     }
2284     EMSG(_(e_internal));
2285     return FALSE;
2286 }
2287 
2288 /*
2289  * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
2290  * completed.  Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
2291  * is visible.
2292  */
2293     static int
2294 ins_compl_accept_char(int c)
2295 {
2296     if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
2297 	/* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
2298 	return vim_isIDc(c);
2299 
2300     switch (ctrl_x_mode)
2301     {
2302 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
2303 	    /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
2304 	     * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
2305 	     * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
2306 	    return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
2307 
2308 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
2309 	case CTRL_X_OMNI:
2310 	    /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
2311 	     * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
2312 	    return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c);
2313 
2314 	case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
2315 	    /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
2316 	    return vim_isprintc(c);
2317     }
2318     return vim_iswordc(c);
2319 }
2320 
2321 /*
2322  * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
2323  * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
2324  * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
2325  * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
2326  */
2327     int
2328 ins_compl_add_infercase(
2329     char_u	*str,
2330     int		len,
2331     int		icase,
2332     char_u	*fname,
2333     int		dir,
2334     int		flags)
2335 {
2336     char_u	*p;
2337     int		i, c;
2338     int		actual_len;		/* Take multi-byte characters */
2339     int		actual_compl_length;	/* into account. */
2340     int		min_len;
2341     int		*wca;			/* Wide character array. */
2342     int		has_lower = FALSE;
2343     int		was_letter = FALSE;
2344 
2345     if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
2346     {
2347 	/* Infer case of completed part. */
2348 
2349 	/* Find actual length of completion. */
2350 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2351 	if (has_mbyte)
2352 	{
2353 	    p = str;
2354 	    actual_len = 0;
2355 	    while (*p != NUL)
2356 	    {
2357 		mb_ptr_adv(p);
2358 		++actual_len;
2359 	    }
2360 	}
2361 	else
2362 #endif
2363 	    actual_len = len;
2364 
2365 	/* Find actual length of original text. */
2366 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2367 	if (has_mbyte)
2368 	{
2369 	    p = compl_orig_text;
2370 	    actual_compl_length = 0;
2371 	    while (*p != NUL)
2372 	    {
2373 		mb_ptr_adv(p);
2374 		++actual_compl_length;
2375 	    }
2376 	}
2377 	else
2378 #endif
2379 	    actual_compl_length = compl_length;
2380 
2381 	/* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using
2382 	 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */
2383 	min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length
2384 					   ? actual_len : actual_compl_length;
2385 
2386 	/* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
2387 	wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int)));
2388 	if (wca != NULL)
2389 	{
2390 	    p = str;
2391 	    for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
2392 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2393 		if (has_mbyte)
2394 		    wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2395 		else
2396 #endif
2397 		    wca[i] = *(p++);
2398 
2399 	    /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
2400 	    p = compl_orig_text;
2401 	    for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i)
2402 	    {
2403 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2404 		if (has_mbyte)
2405 		    c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2406 		else
2407 #endif
2408 		    c = *(p++);
2409 		if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2410 		{
2411 		    has_lower = TRUE;
2412 		    if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
2413 		    {
2414 			/* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
2415 			for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2416 			    wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2417 			break;
2418 		    }
2419 		}
2420 	    }
2421 
2422 	    /*
2423 	     * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
2424 	     * upper case.
2425 	     */
2426 	    if (!has_lower)
2427 	    {
2428 		p = compl_orig_text;
2429 		for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i)
2430 		{
2431 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2432 		    if (has_mbyte)
2433 			c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2434 		    else
2435 #endif
2436 			c = *(p++);
2437 		    if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
2438 		    {
2439 			/* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
2440 			for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
2441 			    wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2442 			break;
2443 		    }
2444 		    was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
2445 		}
2446 	    }
2447 
2448 	    /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
2449 	    p = compl_orig_text;
2450 	    for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i)
2451 	    {
2452 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2453 		if (has_mbyte)
2454 		    c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
2455 		else
2456 #endif
2457 		    c = *(p++);
2458 		if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
2459 		    wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
2460 		else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
2461 		    wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
2462 	    }
2463 
2464 	    /*
2465 	     * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
2466 	     * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
2467 	     * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
2468 	     * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
2469 	     */
2470 	    p = IObuff;
2471 	    i = 0;
2472 	    while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
2473 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2474 		if (has_mbyte)
2475 		    p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
2476 		else
2477 #endif
2478 		    *(p++) = wca[i++];
2479 	    *p = NUL;
2480 
2481 	    vim_free(wca);
2482 	}
2483 
2484 	return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
2485 								flags, FALSE);
2486     }
2487     return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
2488 }
2489 
2490 /*
2491  * Add a match to the list of matches.
2492  * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
2493  * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK.  If there is an error,
2494  * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
2495  */
2496     static int
2497 ins_compl_add(
2498     char_u	*str,
2499     int		len,
2500     int		icase,
2501     char_u	*fname,
2502     char_u	**cptext,   /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
2503     int		cdir,
2504     int		flags,
2505     int		adup)	    /* accept duplicate match */
2506 {
2507     compl_T	*match;
2508     int		dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
2509 
2510     ui_breakcheck();
2511     if (got_int)
2512 	return FAIL;
2513     if (len < 0)
2514 	len = (int)STRLEN(str);
2515 
2516     /*
2517      * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
2518      */
2519     if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
2520     {
2521 	match = compl_first_match;
2522 	do
2523 	{
2524 	    if (    !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2525 		    && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
2526 		    && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
2527 		return NOTDONE;
2528 	    match = match->cp_next;
2529 	} while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
2530     }
2531 
2532     /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
2533     ins_compl_del_pum();
2534 
2535     /*
2536      * Allocate a new match structure.
2537      * Copy the values to the new match structure.
2538      */
2539     match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
2540     if (match == NULL)
2541 	return FAIL;
2542     match->cp_number = -1;
2543     if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2544 	match->cp_number = 0;
2545     if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
2546     {
2547 	vim_free(match);
2548 	return FAIL;
2549     }
2550     match->cp_icase = icase;
2551 
2552     /* match-fname is:
2553      * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
2554      * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
2555      * - NULL otherwise.	--Acevedo */
2556     if (fname != NULL
2557 	    && compl_curr_match != NULL
2558 	    && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
2559 	    && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
2560 	match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
2561     else if (fname != NULL)
2562     {
2563 	match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
2564 	flags |= FREE_FNAME;
2565     }
2566     else
2567 	match->cp_fname = NULL;
2568     match->cp_flags = flags;
2569 
2570     if (cptext != NULL)
2571     {
2572 	int i;
2573 
2574 	for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
2575 	    if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
2576 		match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
2577     }
2578 
2579     /*
2580      * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
2581      */
2582     if (compl_first_match == NULL)
2583 	match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
2584     else if (dir == FORWARD)
2585     {
2586 	match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
2587 	match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
2588     }
2589     else	/* BACKWARD */
2590     {
2591 	match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
2592 	match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
2593     }
2594     if (match->cp_next)
2595 	match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
2596     if (match->cp_prev)
2597 	match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
2598     else	/* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
2599 	compl_first_match = match;
2600     compl_curr_match = match;
2601 
2602     /*
2603      * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
2604      */
2605     if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
2606 	ins_compl_longest_match(match);
2607 
2608     return OK;
2609 }
2610 
2611 /*
2612  * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
2613  * match->cp_icase.
2614  */
2615     static int
2616 ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)
2617 {
2618     if (match->cp_icase)
2619 	return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2620     return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
2621 }
2622 
2623 /*
2624  * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
2625  */
2626     static void
2627 ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match)
2628 {
2629     char_u	*p, *s;
2630     int		c1, c2;
2631     int		had_match;
2632 
2633     if (compl_leader == NULL)
2634     {
2635 	/* First match, use it as a whole. */
2636 	compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
2637 	if (compl_leader != NULL)
2638 	{
2639 	    had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2640 	    ins_compl_delete();
2641 	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
2642 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);
2643 
2644 	    /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2645 	     * again after redrawing. */
2646 	    if (!had_match)
2647 		ins_compl_delete();
2648 	    compl_used_match = FALSE;
2649 	}
2650     }
2651     else
2652     {
2653 	/* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
2654 	p = compl_leader;
2655 	s = match->cp_str;
2656 	while (*p != NUL)
2657 	{
2658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2659 	    if (has_mbyte)
2660 	    {
2661 		c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
2662 		c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
2663 	    }
2664 	    else
2665 #endif
2666 	    {
2667 		c1 = *p;
2668 		c2 = *s;
2669 	    }
2670 	    if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
2671 								 : (c1 != c2))
2672 		break;
2673 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2674 	    if (has_mbyte)
2675 	    {
2676 		mb_ptr_adv(p);
2677 		mb_ptr_adv(s);
2678 	    }
2679 	    else
2680 #endif
2681 	    {
2682 		++p;
2683 		++s;
2684 	    }
2685 	}
2686 
2687 	if (*p != NUL)
2688 	{
2689 	    /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
2690 	    *p = NUL;
2691 	    had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
2692 	    ins_compl_delete();
2693 	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
2694 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);
2695 
2696 	    /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
2697 	     * again after redrawing. */
2698 	    if (!had_match)
2699 		ins_compl_delete();
2700 	}
2701 
2702 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
2703     }
2704 }
2705 
2706 /*
2707  * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
2708  * Frees matches[].
2709  */
2710     static void
2711 ins_compl_add_matches(
2712     int		num_matches,
2713     char_u	**matches,
2714     int		icase)
2715 {
2716     int		i;
2717     int		add_r = OK;
2718     int		dir = compl_direction;
2719 
2720     for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
2721 	if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
2722 					    NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
2723 	    /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
2724 	    dir = FORWARD;
2725     FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
2726 }
2727 
2728 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
2729  * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
2730  */
2731     static int
2732 ins_compl_make_cyclic(void)
2733 {
2734     compl_T *match;
2735     int	    count = 0;
2736 
2737     if (compl_first_match != NULL)
2738     {
2739 	/*
2740 	 * Find the end of the list.
2741 	 */
2742 	match = compl_first_match;
2743 	/* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
2744 	while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
2745 	{
2746 	    match = match->cp_next;
2747 	    ++count;
2748 	}
2749 	match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
2750 	compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
2751     }
2752     return count;
2753 }
2754 
2755 /*
2756  * Start completion for the complete() function.
2757  * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
2758  * "list" is the list of matches.
2759  */
2760     void
2761 set_completion(colnr_T startcol, list_T *list)
2762 {
2763     /* If already doing completions stop it. */
2764     if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
2765 	ins_compl_prep(' ');
2766     ins_compl_clear();
2767 
2768     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
2769 	return;
2770 
2771     compl_direction = FORWARD;
2772     if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col)
2773 	startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2774     compl_col = startcol;
2775     compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol;
2776     /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
2777     compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
2778     if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
2779 			-1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
2780 	return;
2781 
2782     ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_EVAL;
2783 
2784     ins_compl_add_list(list);
2785     compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
2786     compl_started = TRUE;
2787     compl_used_match = TRUE;
2788     compl_cont_status = 0;
2789 
2790     compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
2791     if (compl_no_insert)
2792 	ins_complete(K_DOWN);
2793     else
2794 	ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
2795     if (compl_no_select)
2796 	ins_complete(Ctrl_P);
2797     out_flush();
2798 }
2799 
2800 
2801 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
2802  * popup menu.  It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
2803 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
2804 static int compl_match_arraysize;
2805 
2806 /*
2807  * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
2808  */
2809     static void
2810 ins_compl_upd_pum(void)
2811 {
2812     int		h;
2813 
2814     if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2815     {
2816 	h = curwin->w_cline_height;
2817 	update_screen(0);
2818 	if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
2819 	    ins_compl_del_pum();
2820     }
2821 }
2822 
2823 /*
2824  * Remove any popup menu.
2825  */
2826     static void
2827 ins_compl_del_pum(void)
2828 {
2829     if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2830     {
2831 	pum_undisplay();
2832 	vim_free(compl_match_array);
2833 	compl_match_array = NULL;
2834     }
2835 }
2836 
2837 /*
2838  * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
2839  */
2840     static int
2841 pum_wanted(void)
2842 {
2843     /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
2844     if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
2845 	return FALSE;
2846 
2847     /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
2848     if (t_colors < 8
2849 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
2850 	    && !gui.in_use
2851 #endif
2852 	    )
2853 	return FALSE;
2854     return TRUE;
2855 }
2856 
2857 /*
2858  * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
2859  * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
2860  */
2861     static int
2862 pum_enough_matches(void)
2863 {
2864     compl_T     *compl;
2865     int		i;
2866 
2867     /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
2868      * one (ignoring the original text). */
2869     compl = compl_first_match;
2870     i = 0;
2871     do
2872     {
2873 	if (compl == NULL
2874 		      || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
2875 	    break;
2876 	compl = compl->cp_next;
2877     } while (compl != compl_first_match);
2878 
2879     if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
2880 	return (i >= 1);
2881     return (i >= 2);
2882 }
2883 
2884 /*
2885  * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
2886  * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
2887  */
2888     void
2889 ins_compl_show_pum(void)
2890 {
2891     compl_T     *compl;
2892     compl_T     *shown_compl = NULL;
2893     int		did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
2894     int		shown_match_ok = FALSE;
2895     int		i;
2896     int		cur = -1;
2897     colnr_T	col;
2898     int		lead_len = 0;
2899 
2900     if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
2901 	return;
2902 
2903 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
2904     /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
2905     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
2906 #endif
2907 
2908     /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
2909     update_screen(0);
2910 
2911     if (compl_match_array == NULL)
2912     {
2913 	/* Need to build the popup menu list. */
2914 	compl_match_arraysize = 0;
2915 	compl = compl_first_match;
2916 	if (compl_leader != NULL)
2917 	    lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
2918 	do
2919 	{
2920 	    if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2921 		    && (compl_leader == NULL
2922 			|| ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2923 		++compl_match_arraysize;
2924 	    compl = compl->cp_next;
2925 	} while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2926 	if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
2927 	    return;
2928 	compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
2929 				    (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
2930 						    * compl_match_arraysize));
2931 	if (compl_match_array != NULL)
2932 	{
2933 	    /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
2934 	     * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
2935 	    if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2936 		shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2937 
2938 	    i = 0;
2939 	    compl = compl_first_match;
2940 	    do
2941 	    {
2942 		if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
2943 			&& (compl_leader == NULL
2944 			    || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
2945 		{
2946 		    if (!shown_match_ok)
2947 		    {
2948 			if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
2949 			{
2950 			    /* This item is the shown match or this is the
2951 			     * first displayed item after the shown match. */
2952 			    compl_shown_match = compl;
2953 			    did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2954 			    shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2955 			}
2956 			else
2957 			    /* Remember this displayed match for when the
2958 			     * shown match is just below it. */
2959 			    shown_compl = compl;
2960 			cur = i;
2961 		    }
2962 
2963 		    if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
2964 			compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
2965 						     compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
2966 		    else
2967 			compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
2968 		    compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
2969 		    compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
2970 		    if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
2971 			compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
2972 						     compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
2973 		    else
2974 			compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
2975 		}
2976 
2977 		if (compl == compl_shown_match)
2978 		{
2979 		    did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
2980 
2981 		    /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
2982 		     * compl_shown_match. */
2983 		    if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
2984 			shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2985 
2986 		    if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
2987 		    {
2988 			/* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
2989 			 * previously displayed match. */
2990 			compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
2991 			shown_match_ok = TRUE;
2992 		    }
2993 		}
2994 		compl = compl->cp_next;
2995 	    } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
2996 
2997 	    if (!shown_match_ok)    /* no displayed match at all */
2998 		cur = -1;
2999 	}
3000     }
3001     else
3002     {
3003 	/* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
3004 	for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
3005 	    if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
3006 		    || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
3007 				      == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
3008 	    {
3009 		cur = i;
3010 		break;
3011 	    }
3012     }
3013 
3014     if (compl_match_array != NULL)
3015     {
3016 	/* In Replace mode when a $ is displayed at the end of the line only
3017 	 * part of the screen would be updated.  We do need to redraw here. */
3018 	dollar_vcol = -1;
3019 
3020 	/* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
3021 	 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
3022 	col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3023 	curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
3024 	pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
3025 	curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
3026     }
3027 }
3028 
3029 #define DICT_FIRST	(1)	/* use just first element in "dict" */
3030 #define DICT_EXACT	(2)	/* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
3031 
3032 /*
3033  * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
3034  * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
3035  */
3036     static void
3037 ins_compl_dictionaries(
3038     char_u	*dict_start,
3039     char_u	*pat,
3040     int		flags,		/* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
3041     int		thesaurus)	/* Thesaurus completion */
3042 {
3043     char_u	*dict = dict_start;
3044     char_u	*ptr;
3045     char_u	*buf;
3046     regmatch_T	regmatch;
3047     char_u	**files;
3048     int		count;
3049     int		save_p_scs;
3050     int		dir = compl_direction;
3051 
3052     if (*dict == NUL)
3053     {
3054 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3055 	/* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
3056 	 * "spell". */
3057 	if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
3058 	    dict = (char_u *)"spell";
3059 	else
3060 #endif
3061 	    return;
3062     }
3063 
3064     buf = alloc(LSIZE);
3065     if (buf == NULL)
3066 	return;
3067     regmatch.regprog = NULL;	/* so that we can goto theend */
3068 
3069     /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
3070     save_p_scs = p_scs;
3071     if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
3072 	p_scs = FALSE;
3073 
3074     /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
3075      * to only match at the start of a line.  Otherwise just match the
3076      * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
3077     if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
3078     {
3079 	char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
3080 	size_t len;
3081 
3082 	if (pat_esc == NULL)
3083 	    goto theend;
3084 	len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
3085 	ptr = alloc((unsigned)len);
3086 	if (ptr == NULL)
3087 	{
3088 	    vim_free(pat_esc);
3089 	    goto theend;
3090 	}
3091 	vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
3092 	regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
3093 	vim_free(pat_esc);
3094 	vim_free(ptr);
3095     }
3096     else
3097     {
3098 	regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
3099 	if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
3100 	    goto theend;
3101     }
3102 
3103     /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
3104     regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
3105     while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
3106     {
3107 	/* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
3108 	if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
3109 	{
3110 	    count = 1;
3111 	    files = &dict;
3112 	}
3113 	else
3114 	{
3115 	    /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
3116 	     * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
3117 	     * a modeline). */
3118 	    copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
3119 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3120 	    if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
3121 		count = -1;
3122 	    else
3123 # endif
3124 		if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
3125 		    || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
3126 						     EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
3127 		count = 0;
3128 	}
3129 
3130 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3131 	if (count == -1)
3132 	{
3133 	    /* Complete from active spelling.  Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
3134 	     * don't use it as a RE. */
3135 	    if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
3136 		ptr = pat + 2;
3137 	    else
3138 		ptr = pat;
3139 	    spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
3140 	}
3141 	else
3142 # endif
3143 	    if (count > 0)	/* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
3144 	{
3145 	    ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
3146 							&regmatch, buf, &dir);
3147 	    if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
3148 		FreeWild(count, files);
3149 	}
3150 	if (flags != 0)
3151 	    break;
3152     }
3153 
3154 theend:
3155     p_scs = save_p_scs;
3156     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
3157     vim_free(buf);
3158 }
3159 
3160     static void
3161 ins_compl_files(
3162     int		count,
3163     char_u	**files,
3164     int		thesaurus,
3165     int		flags,
3166     regmatch_T	*regmatch,
3167     char_u	*buf,
3168     int		*dir)
3169 {
3170     char_u	*ptr;
3171     int		i;
3172     FILE	*fp;
3173     int		add_r;
3174 
3175     for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
3176     {
3177 	fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r");  /* open dictionary file */
3178 	if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
3179 	{
3180 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
3181 			      _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
3182 	    (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
3183 	}
3184 
3185 	if (fp != NULL)
3186 	{
3187 	    /*
3188 	     * Read dictionary file line by line.
3189 	     * Check each line for a match.
3190 	     */
3191 	    while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
3192 					    && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
3193 	    {
3194 		ptr = buf;
3195 		while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
3196 		{
3197 		    ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
3198 		    if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
3199 			ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
3200 		    else
3201 			ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3202 		    add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
3203 					  (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
3204 						     p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3205 		    if (thesaurus)
3206 		    {
3207 			char_u *wstart;
3208 
3209 			/*
3210 			 * Add the other matches on the line
3211 			 */
3212 			ptr = buf;
3213 			while (!got_int)
3214 			{
3215 			    /* Find start of the next word.  Skip white
3216 			     * space and punctuation. */
3217 			    ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
3218 			    if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
3219 				break;
3220 			    wstart = ptr;
3221 
3222 			    /* Find end of the word. */
3223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3224 			    if (has_mbyte)
3225 				/* Japanese words may have characters in
3226 				 * different classes, only separate words
3227 				 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
3228 				while (*ptr != NUL)
3229 				{
3230 				    int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3231 
3232 				    if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3233 					break;
3234 				    ptr += l;
3235 				}
3236 			    else
3237 #endif
3238 				ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
3239 
3240 			    /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
3241 			    if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
3242 				add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
3243 					(int)(ptr - wstart),
3244 					p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
3245 			}
3246 		    }
3247 		    if (add_r == OK)
3248 			/* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
3249 			*dir = FORWARD;
3250 		    else if (add_r == FAIL)
3251 			break;
3252 		    /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
3253 		     * of line */
3254 		    if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
3255 			break;
3256 		}
3257 		line_breakcheck();
3258 		ins_compl_check_keys(50);
3259 	    }
3260 	    fclose(fp);
3261 	}
3262     }
3263 }
3264 
3265 /*
3266  * Find the start of the next word.
3267  * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word.  Also stops at a NUL.
3268  */
3269     char_u *
3270 find_word_start(char_u *ptr)
3271 {
3272 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3273     if (has_mbyte)
3274 	while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
3275 	    ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3276     else
3277 #endif
3278 	while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3279 	    ++ptr;
3280     return ptr;
3281 }
3282 
3283 /*
3284  * Find the end of the word.  Assumes it starts inside a word.
3285  * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
3286  */
3287     char_u *
3288 find_word_end(char_u *ptr)
3289 {
3290 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3291     int		start_class;
3292 
3293     if (has_mbyte)
3294     {
3295 	start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
3296 	if (start_class > 1)
3297 	    while (*ptr != NUL)
3298 	    {
3299 		ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3300 		if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
3301 		    break;
3302 	    }
3303     }
3304     else
3305 #endif
3306 	while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
3307 	    ++ptr;
3308     return ptr;
3309 }
3310 
3311 /*
3312  * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
3313  * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
3314  */
3315     static char_u *
3316 find_line_end(char_u *ptr)
3317 {
3318     char_u	*s;
3319 
3320     s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
3321     while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
3322 	--s;
3323     return s;
3324 }
3325 
3326 /*
3327  * Free the list of completions
3328  */
3329     static void
3330 ins_compl_free(void)
3331 {
3332     compl_T *match;
3333     int	    i;
3334 
3335     vim_free(compl_pattern);
3336     compl_pattern = NULL;
3337     vim_free(compl_leader);
3338     compl_leader = NULL;
3339 
3340     if (compl_first_match == NULL)
3341 	return;
3342 
3343     ins_compl_del_pum();
3344     pum_clear();
3345 
3346     compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
3347     do
3348     {
3349 	match = compl_curr_match;
3350 	compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
3351 	vim_free(match->cp_str);
3352 	/* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
3353 	if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
3354 	    vim_free(match->cp_fname);
3355 	for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
3356 	    vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
3357 	vim_free(match);
3358     } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
3359     compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
3360     compl_shown_match = NULL;
3361 }
3362 
3363     static void
3364 ins_compl_clear(void)
3365 {
3366     compl_cont_status = 0;
3367     compl_started = FALSE;
3368     compl_matches = 0;
3369     vim_free(compl_pattern);
3370     compl_pattern = NULL;
3371     vim_free(compl_leader);
3372     compl_leader = NULL;
3373     edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3374     vim_free(compl_orig_text);
3375     compl_orig_text = NULL;
3376     compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3377     /* clear v:completed_item */
3378     set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc());
3379 }
3380 
3381 /*
3382  * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
3383  */
3384     int
3385 ins_compl_active(void)
3386 {
3387     return compl_started;
3388 }
3389 
3390 /*
3391  * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
3392  * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
3393  * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
3394  * to be got from the user.
3395  */
3396     static int
3397 ins_compl_bs(void)
3398 {
3399     char_u	*line;
3400     char_u	*p;
3401 
3402     line = ml_get_curline();
3403     p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
3404     mb_ptr_back(line, p);
3405 
3406     /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted.  For Omni completion
3407      * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */
3408     if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
3409 	    || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
3410 		&& ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_OMNI) || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_EVAL)
3411 	return K_BS;
3412 
3413     /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
3414      * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
3415     if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
3416 						  || ins_compl_need_restart())
3417 	ins_compl_restart();
3418 
3419     vim_free(compl_leader);
3420     compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
3421     if (compl_leader != NULL)
3422     {
3423 	ins_compl_new_leader();
3424 	if (compl_shown_match != NULL)
3425 	    /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */
3426 	    compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
3427 	return NUL;
3428     }
3429     return K_BS;
3430 }
3431 
3432 /*
3433  * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to
3434  * be called.
3435  */
3436     static int
3437 ins_compl_need_restart(void)
3438 {
3439     /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the
3440      * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */
3441     return compl_was_interrupted
3442 	|| ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
3443 						  && compl_opt_refresh_always);
3444 }
3445 
3446 /*
3447  * Called after changing "compl_leader".
3448  * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
3449  * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
3450  */
3451     static void
3452 ins_compl_new_leader(void)
3453 {
3454     ins_compl_del_pum();
3455     ins_compl_delete();
3456     ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
3457     compl_used_match = FALSE;
3458 
3459     if (compl_started)
3460 	ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
3461     else
3462     {
3463 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3464 	spell_bad_len = 0;	/* need to redetect bad word */
3465 #endif
3466 	/*
3467 	 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now.  First display
3468 	 * the changed text before the cursor.  Set "compl_restarting" to
3469 	 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
3470 	 */
3471 	update_screen(0);
3472 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
3473 	if (gui.in_use)
3474 	{
3475 	    /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
3476 	    setcursor();
3477 	    out_flush();
3478 	    gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
3479 	}
3480 #endif
3481 	compl_restarting = TRUE;
3482 	if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
3483 	    compl_cont_status = 0;
3484 	compl_restarting = FALSE;
3485     }
3486 
3487     compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
3488 
3489     /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
3490     ins_compl_show_pum();
3491 
3492     /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
3493     if (compl_match_array == NULL)
3494 	compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3495 }
3496 
3497 /*
3498  * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to
3499  * the cursor column.  Making sure it never goes below zero.
3500  */
3501     static int
3502 ins_compl_len(void)
3503 {
3504     int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
3505 
3506     if (off < 0)
3507 	return 0;
3508     return off;
3509 }
3510 
3511 /*
3512  * Append one character to the match leader.  May reduce the number of
3513  * matches.
3514  */
3515     static void
3516 ins_compl_addleader(int c)
3517 {
3518 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3519     int		cc;
3520 
3521     if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
3522     {
3523 	char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
3524 
3525 	(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
3526 	buf[cc] = NUL;
3527 	ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
3528 	if (compl_opt_refresh_always)
3529 	    AppendToRedobuff(buf);
3530     }
3531     else
3532 #endif
3533     {
3534 	ins_char(c);
3535 	if (compl_opt_refresh_always)
3536 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
3537     }
3538 
3539     /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
3540     if (ins_compl_need_restart())
3541 	ins_compl_restart();
3542 
3543     /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing,
3544      * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would
3545      * break redo. */
3546     if (!compl_opt_refresh_always)
3547     {
3548 	vim_free(compl_leader);
3549 	compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
3550 				     (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col));
3551 	if (compl_leader != NULL)
3552 	    ins_compl_new_leader();
3553     }
3554 }
3555 
3556 /*
3557  * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode.  Used when
3558  * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
3559  */
3560     static void
3561 ins_compl_restart(void)
3562 {
3563     ins_compl_free();
3564     compl_started = FALSE;
3565     compl_matches = 0;
3566     compl_cont_status = 0;
3567     compl_cont_mode = 0;
3568 }
3569 
3570 /*
3571  * Set the first match, the original text.
3572  */
3573     static void
3574 ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str)
3575 {
3576     char_u	*p;
3577 
3578     /* Replace the original text entry. */
3579     if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)	/* safety check */
3580     {
3581 	p = vim_strsave(str);
3582 	if (p != NULL)
3583 	{
3584 	    vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
3585 	    compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
3586 	}
3587     }
3588 }
3589 
3590 /*
3591  * Append one character to the match leader.  May reduce the number of
3592  * matches.
3593  */
3594     static void
3595 ins_compl_addfrommatch(void)
3596 {
3597     char_u	*p;
3598     int		len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
3599     int		c;
3600     compl_T	*cp;
3601 
3602     p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
3603     if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len)   /* the match is too short */
3604     {
3605 	/* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
3606 	 * the leader. */
3607 	if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
3608 	{
3609 	    p = NULL;
3610 	    for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
3611 				 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
3612 	    {
3613 		if (compl_leader == NULL
3614 			|| ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
3615 						   (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
3616 		{
3617 		    p = cp->cp_str;
3618 		    break;
3619 		}
3620 	    }
3621 	    if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
3622 		return;
3623 	}
3624 	else
3625 	    return;
3626     }
3627     p += len;
3628     c = PTR2CHAR(p);
3629     ins_compl_addleader(c);
3630 }
3631 
3632 /*
3633  * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
3634  * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
3635  * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
3636  */
3637     static int
3638 ins_compl_prep(int c)
3639 {
3640     char_u	*ptr;
3641     int		want_cindent;
3642     int		retval = FALSE;
3643 
3644     /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
3645      * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
3646      */
3647     if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3648 	edit_submode_extra = NULL;
3649 
3650     /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
3651     if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP
3652 	    || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT)
3653 	return retval;
3654 
3655     /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
3656     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
3657 				      || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
3658     {
3659 	compl_get_longest = (strstr((char *)p_cot, "longest") != NULL);
3660 	compl_used_match = TRUE;
3661 
3662     }
3663 
3664     compl_no_insert = FALSE;
3665     compl_no_select = FALSE;
3666     if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noselect") != NULL)
3667 	compl_no_select = TRUE;
3668     if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noinsert") != NULL)
3669 	compl_no_insert = TRUE;
3670 
3671     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
3672     {
3673 	/*
3674 	 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
3675 	 * it will be yet.  Now we decide.
3676 	 */
3677 	switch (c)
3678 	{
3679 	    case Ctrl_E:
3680 	    case Ctrl_Y:
3681 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
3682 		if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
3683 		    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3684 		else
3685 		    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
3686 		edit_submode_pre = NULL;
3687 		showmode();
3688 		break;
3689 	    case Ctrl_L:
3690 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
3691 		break;
3692 	    case Ctrl_F:
3693 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
3694 		break;
3695 	    case Ctrl_K:
3696 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
3697 		break;
3698 	    case Ctrl_R:
3699 		/* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
3700 		break;
3701 	    case Ctrl_T:
3702 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
3703 		break;
3704 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
3705 	    case Ctrl_U:
3706 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
3707 		break;
3708 	    case Ctrl_O:
3709 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
3710 		break;
3711 #endif
3712 	    case 's':
3713 	    case Ctrl_S:
3714 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
3715 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3716 		++emsg_off;	/* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
3717 		spell_back_to_badword();
3718 		--emsg_off;
3719 #endif
3720 		break;
3721 	    case Ctrl_RSB:
3722 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
3723 		break;
3724 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
3725 	    case Ctrl_I:
3726 	    case K_S_TAB:
3727 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
3728 		break;
3729 	    case Ctrl_D:
3730 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
3731 		break;
3732 #endif
3733 	    case Ctrl_V:
3734 	    case Ctrl_Q:
3735 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
3736 		break;
3737 	    case Ctrl_P:
3738 	    case Ctrl_N:
3739 		/* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
3740 		 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
3741 		 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
3742 		 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
3743 		 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
3744 		 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
3745 		 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode  -- Acevedo */
3746 		if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
3747 		    compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
3748 		else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3749 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
3750 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
3751 	    default:
3752 		/* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
3753 		 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
3754 		 * mode).
3755 		 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
3756 		 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
3757 		 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
3758 		 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
3759 		 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
3760 		 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
3761 		 * mode  -- Acevedo */
3762 		if (c == Ctrl_X)
3763 		{
3764 		    if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
3765 			compl_cont_status = 0;
3766 		    else
3767 			compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
3768 		}
3769 		ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3770 		edit_submode = NULL;
3771 		showmode();
3772 		break;
3773 	}
3774     }
3775     else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
3776     {
3777 	/* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
3778 	if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3779 	{
3780 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
3781 		ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3782 	    else
3783 		ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
3784 	    edit_submode = NULL;
3785 	}
3786 	showmode();
3787     }
3788 
3789     if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3790     {
3791 	/* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
3792 	 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
3793 	 * showing what mode we are in. */
3794 	showmode();
3795 	if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
3796 						     && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
3797 		|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
3798 	{
3799 	    /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
3800 	     * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode.  Free up
3801 	     * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
3802 	    if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
3803 	    {
3804 		/*
3805 		 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
3806 		 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
3807 		 * buffer.  We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
3808 		 * of the original text that has changed.
3809 		 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
3810 		 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
3811 		 */
3812 		if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
3813 		    ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
3814 		else
3815 		    ptr = NULL;
3816 		ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr);
3817 	    }
3818 
3819 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3820 	    want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
3821 #endif
3822 	    /*
3823 	     * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
3824 	     * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
3825 	     */
3826 	    if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
3827 	    {
3828 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3829 		/* re-indent the current line */
3830 		if (want_cindent)
3831 		{
3832 		    do_c_expr_indent();
3833 		    want_cindent = FALSE;	/* don't do it again */
3834 		}
3835 #endif
3836 	    }
3837 	    else
3838 	    {
3839 		int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
3840 
3841 		/* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
3842 		if (prev_col > 0)
3843 		    dec_cursor();
3844 		if (stop_arrow() == OK)
3845 		    insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
3846 		if (prev_col > 0
3847 			     && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
3848 		    inc_cursor();
3849 	    }
3850 
3851 	    /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
3852 	     * the selection without inserting anything.  When
3853 	     * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
3854 	    if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
3855 				   && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
3856 		    && pum_visible())
3857 		retval = TRUE;
3858 
3859 	    /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
3860 	    if (c == Ctrl_E)
3861 	    {
3862 		ins_compl_delete();
3863 		if (compl_leader != NULL)
3864 		    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
3865 		else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
3866 		    ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
3867 		retval = TRUE;
3868 	    }
3869 
3870 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
3871 
3872 	    ins_compl_free();
3873 	    compl_started = FALSE;
3874 	    compl_matches = 0;
3875 	    if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU))
3876 		msg_clr_cmdline();	/* necessary for "noshowmode" */
3877 	    ctrl_x_mode = 0;
3878 	    compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
3879 	    if (edit_submode != NULL)
3880 	    {
3881 		edit_submode = NULL;
3882 		showmode();
3883 	    }
3884 
3885 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3886 	    if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
3887 		/* Avoid the popup menu remains displayed when leaving the
3888 		 * command line window. */
3889 		update_screen(0);
3890 #endif
3891 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
3892 	    /*
3893 	     * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
3894 	     */
3895 	    if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
3896 		do_c_expr_indent();
3897 #endif
3898 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
3899 	    /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act
3900 	     * upon the completion. */
3901 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3902 #endif
3903 	}
3904     }
3905 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
3906     else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG)
3907 	/* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act
3908 	 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */
3909 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3910 #endif
3911 
3912     /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
3913      * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
3914     if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
3915     {
3916 	compl_cont_status = 0;
3917 	compl_cont_mode = 0;
3918     }
3919 
3920     return retval;
3921 }
3922 
3923 /*
3924  * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed
3925  * text.  This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text.
3926  * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL.
3927  */
3928     static void
3929 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg)
3930 {
3931     int	    len;
3932     char_u  *p;
3933     char_u  *ptr = ptr_arg;
3934 
3935     if (ptr == NULL)
3936     {
3937 	if (compl_leader != NULL)
3938 	    ptr = compl_leader;
3939 	else
3940 	    return;  /* nothing to do */
3941     }
3942     if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
3943     {
3944 	p = compl_orig_text;
3945 	for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len)
3946 	    ;
3947 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3948 	if (len > 0)
3949 	    len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len);
3950 #endif
3951 	for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
3952 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
3953     }
3954     else
3955 	len = 0;
3956     if (ptr != NULL)
3957 	AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1);
3958 }
3959 
3960 /*
3961  * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
3962  * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
3963  * buffer (other than curbuf).	curbuf is special, if it is called with
3964  * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
3965  *
3966  * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
3967  */
3968     static buf_T *
3969 ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag)
3970 {
3971 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3972     static win_T *wp;
3973 #endif
3974 
3975     if (flag == 'w')		/* just windows */
3976     {
3977 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
3978 	if (buf == curbuf)	/* first call for this flag/expansion */
3979 	    wp = curwin;
3980 	while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
3981 		&& wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
3982 	    ;
3983 	buf = wp->w_buffer;
3984 #else
3985 	buf = curbuf;
3986 #endif
3987     }
3988     else
3989 	/* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
3990 	 * (unlisted buffers)
3991 	 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
3992 	while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
3993 		&& ((flag == 'U'
3994 			? buf->b_p_bl
3995 			: (!buf->b_p_bl
3996 			    || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
3997 		    || buf->b_scanned))
3998 	    ;
3999     return buf;
4000 }
4001 
4002 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4003 static void expand_by_function(int type, char_u *base);
4004 
4005 /*
4006  * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
4007  * get matches in "matches".
4008  */
4009     static void
4010 expand_by_function(
4011     int		type,	    /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
4012     char_u	*base)
4013 {
4014     list_T      *matchlist = NULL;
4015     dict_T	*matchdict = NULL;
4016     char_u	*args[2];
4017     char_u	*funcname;
4018     pos_T	pos;
4019     win_T	*curwin_save;
4020     buf_T	*curbuf_save;
4021     typval_T	rettv;
4022 
4023     funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
4024     if (*funcname == NUL)
4025 	return;
4026 
4027     /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
4028     args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
4029     args[1] = base;
4030 
4031     pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4032     curwin_save = curwin;
4033     curbuf_save = curbuf;
4034 
4035     /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */
4036     if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK)
4037     {
4038 	switch (rettv.v_type)
4039 	{
4040 	    case VAR_LIST:
4041 		matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list;
4042 		break;
4043 	    case VAR_DICT:
4044 		matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict;
4045 		break;
4046 	    default:
4047 		/* TODO: Give error message? */
4048 		clear_tv(&rettv);
4049 		break;
4050 	}
4051     }
4052 
4053     if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf)
4054     {
4055 	EMSG(_(e_complwin));
4056 	goto theend;
4057     }
4058     curwin->w_cursor = pos;	/* restore the cursor position */
4059     validate_cursor();
4060     if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos))
4061     {
4062 	EMSG(_(e_compldel));
4063 	goto theend;
4064     }
4065 
4066     if (matchlist != NULL)
4067 	ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
4068     else if (matchdict != NULL)
4069 	ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict);
4070 
4071 theend:
4072     if (matchdict != NULL)
4073 	dict_unref(matchdict);
4074     if (matchlist != NULL)
4075 	list_unref(matchlist);
4076 }
4077 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
4078 
4079 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4080 /*
4081  * Add completions from a list.
4082  */
4083     static void
4084 ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list)
4085 {
4086     listitem_T	*li;
4087     int		dir = compl_direction;
4088 
4089     /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
4090     for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
4091     {
4092 	if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
4093 	    /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
4094 	    dir = FORWARD;
4095 	else if (did_emsg)
4096 	    break;
4097     }
4098 }
4099 
4100 /*
4101  * Add completions from a dict.
4102  */
4103     static void
4104 ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict)
4105 {
4106     dictitem_T	*di_refresh;
4107     dictitem_T	*di_words;
4108 
4109     /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */
4110     compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE;
4111     di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7);
4112     if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING)
4113     {
4114 	char_u	*v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string;
4115 
4116 	if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0)
4117 	    compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE;
4118     }
4119 
4120     /* Add completions from a "words" list. */
4121     di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5);
4122     if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST)
4123 	ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list);
4124 }
4125 
4126 /*
4127  * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
4128  * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
4129  * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK.  If there is an error,
4130  * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
4131  */
4132     int
4133 ins_compl_add_tv(typval_T *tv, int dir)
4134 {
4135     char_u	*word;
4136     int		icase = FALSE;
4137     int		adup = FALSE;
4138     int		aempty = FALSE;
4139     char_u	*(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
4140 
4141     if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
4142     {
4143 	word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
4144 	cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
4145 						     (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
4146 	cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
4147 						     (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
4148 	cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
4149 						     (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
4150 	cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
4151 						     (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
4152 	if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
4153 	    icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
4154 	if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
4155 	    adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
4156 	if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL)
4157 	    aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty");
4158     }
4159     else
4160     {
4161 	word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
4162 	vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
4163     }
4164     if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL))
4165 	return FAIL;
4166     return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
4167 }
4168 #endif
4169 
4170 /*
4171  * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
4172  * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
4173  * compl_direction.
4174  * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
4175  * where we stopped searching before.
4176  * This may return before finding all the matches.
4177  * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
4178  */
4179     static int
4180 ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini)
4181 {
4182     static pos_T	first_match_pos;
4183     static pos_T	last_match_pos;
4184     static char_u	*e_cpt = (char_u *)"";	/* curr. entry in 'complete' */
4185     static int		found_all = FALSE;	/* Found all matches of a
4186 						   certain type. */
4187     static buf_T	*ins_buf = NULL;	/* buffer being scanned */
4188 
4189     pos_T	*pos;
4190     char_u	**matches;
4191     int		save_p_scs;
4192     int		save_p_ws;
4193     int		save_p_ic;
4194     int		i;
4195     int		num_matches;
4196     int		len;
4197     int		found_new_match;
4198     int		type = ctrl_x_mode;
4199     char_u	*ptr;
4200     char_u	*dict = NULL;
4201     int		dict_f = 0;
4202     compl_T	*old_match;
4203     int		set_match_pos;
4204 
4205     if (!compl_started)
4206     {
4207 	for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
4208 	    ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
4209 	found_all = FALSE;
4210 	ins_buf = curbuf;
4211 	e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
4212 					    ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
4213 	last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
4214     }
4215 
4216     old_match = compl_curr_match;	/* remember the last current match */
4217     pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
4218     /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
4219     for (;;)
4220     {
4221 	found_new_match = FAIL;
4222 	set_match_pos = FALSE;
4223 
4224 	/* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
4225 	 * or if found_all says this entry is done.  For ^X^L only use the
4226 	 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
4227 	if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4228 					&& (!compl_started || found_all))
4229 	{
4230 	    found_all = FALSE;
4231 	    while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
4232 		e_cpt++;
4233 	    if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
4234 	    {
4235 		ins_buf = curbuf;
4236 		first_match_pos = *ini;
4237 		/* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
4238 		if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
4239 		    dec(&first_match_pos);
4240 		last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
4241 		type = 0;
4242 
4243 		/* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we
4244 		 * wrap and come back there a second time. */
4245 		set_match_pos = TRUE;
4246 	    }
4247 	    else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
4248 		 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
4249 	    {
4250 		/* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
4251 		if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)   /* loaded buffer */
4252 		{
4253 		    compl_started = TRUE;
4254 		    first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
4255 		    first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
4256 		    last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
4257 		    type = 0;
4258 		}
4259 		else	/* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
4260 		{
4261 		    found_all = TRUE;
4262 		    if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
4263 			continue;
4264 		    type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
4265 		    dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
4266 		    dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
4267 		}
4268 		vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
4269 			ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
4270 			    ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
4271 			    : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
4272 				? ins_buf->b_fname
4273 				: ins_buf->b_sfname);
4274 		(void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
4275 	    }
4276 	    else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
4277 		break;
4278 	    else
4279 	    {
4280 		if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4281 		    type = -1;
4282 		else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
4283 		{
4284 		    if (*e_cpt == 'k')
4285 			type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
4286 		    else
4287 			type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
4288 		    if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
4289 		    {
4290 			dict = e_cpt;
4291 			dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
4292 		    }
4293 		}
4294 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
4295 		else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
4296 		    type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
4297 		else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
4298 		    type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
4299 #endif
4300 		else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
4301 		{
4302 		    type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
4303 		    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags."));
4304 		    (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
4305 		}
4306 		else
4307 		    type = -1;
4308 
4309 		/* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
4310 		(void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
4311 
4312 		found_all = TRUE;
4313 		if (type == -1)
4314 		    continue;
4315 	    }
4316 	}
4317 
4318 	switch (type)
4319 	{
4320 	case -1:
4321 	    break;
4322 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
4323 	case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
4324 	case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
4325 	    find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
4326 				 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
4327 				 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
4328 				  && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4329 				 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
4330 				 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
4331 	    break;
4332 #endif
4333 
4334 	case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
4335 	case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
4336 	    ins_compl_dictionaries(
4337 		    dict != NULL ? dict
4338 			 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
4339 			     ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
4340 				 ? p_tsr
4341 				 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
4342 			     : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
4343 				 ? p_dict
4344 				 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
4345 			    compl_pattern,
4346 				 dict != NULL ? dict_f
4347 					       : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
4348 	    dict = NULL;
4349 	    break;
4350 
4351 	case CTRL_X_TAGS:
4352 	    /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
4353 	    save_p_ic = p_ic;
4354 	    p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
4355 
4356 	    /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches.  Avoids that an enormous number
4357 	     * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
4358 	    if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4359 		    TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
4360 		    TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
4361 		    TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
4362 	    {
4363 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4364 	    }
4365 	    p_ic = save_p_ic;
4366 	    break;
4367 
4368 	case CTRL_X_FILES:
4369 	    if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
4370 				  EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
4371 	    {
4372 
4373 		/* May change home directory back to "~". */
4374 		tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
4375 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic);
4376 	    }
4377 	    break;
4378 
4379 	case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
4380 	    if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
4381 			(int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
4382 					 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
4383 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
4384 	    break;
4385 
4386 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
4387 	case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
4388 	case CTRL_X_OMNI:
4389 	    expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
4390 	    break;
4391 #endif
4392 
4393 	case CTRL_X_SPELL:
4394 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4395 	    num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
4396 						     compl_pattern, &matches);
4397 	    if (num_matches > 0)
4398 		ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
4399 #endif
4400 	    break;
4401 
4402 	default:	/* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
4403 	    /*
4404 	     * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
4405 	     */
4406 	    save_p_scs = p_scs;
4407 	    if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
4408 		p_scs = FALSE;
4409 
4410 	    /*	Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
4411 	     *	end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
4412 	     *	buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
4413 	     *	wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
4414 	    save_p_ws = p_ws;
4415 	    if (ins_buf != curbuf)
4416 		p_ws = FALSE;
4417 	    else if (*e_cpt == '.')
4418 		p_ws = TRUE;
4419 	    for (;;)
4420 	    {
4421 		int	flags = 0;
4422 
4423 		++msg_silent;  /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
4424 
4425 		/* CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)
4426 		 * || word-wise search that
4427 		 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
4428 		if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)
4429 			|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
4430 		    found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
4431 					      compl_direction, compl_pattern);
4432 		else
4433 		    found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
4434 							      compl_direction,
4435 				 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
4436 						  RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL);
4437 		--msg_silent;
4438 		if (!compl_started || set_match_pos)
4439 		{
4440 		    /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
4441 		    compl_started = TRUE;
4442 		    first_match_pos = *pos;
4443 		    last_match_pos = *pos;
4444 		    set_match_pos = FALSE;
4445 		}
4446 		else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
4447 				 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
4448 		    found_new_match = FAIL;
4449 		if (found_new_match == FAIL)
4450 		{
4451 		    if (ins_buf == curbuf)
4452 			found_all = TRUE;
4453 		    break;
4454 		}
4455 
4456 		/* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
4457 		if (	(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
4458 			&& ini->lnum == pos->lnum
4459 			&& ini->col  == pos->col)
4460 		    continue;
4461 		ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
4462 		if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4463 		{
4464 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4465 		    {
4466 			if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4467 			    continue;
4468 			ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4469 			if (!p_paste)
4470 			    ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4471 		    }
4472 		    len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
4473 		}
4474 		else
4475 		{
4476 		    char_u	*tmp_ptr = ptr;
4477 
4478 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4479 		    {
4480 			tmp_ptr += compl_length;
4481 			/* Skip if already inside a word. */
4482 			if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
4483 			    continue;
4484 			/* Find start of next word. */
4485 			tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4486 		    }
4487 		    /* Find end of this word. */
4488 		    tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4489 		    len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4490 
4491 		    if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
4492 						       && len == compl_length)
4493 		    {
4494 			if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4495 			{
4496 			    /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
4497 			     * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
4498 			     * IOSIZE is always greater than
4499 			     * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
4500 			     * works -- Acevedo */
4501 			    STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
4502 			    ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
4503 			    tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
4504 			    /* Find start of next word. */
4505 			    tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
4506 			    /* Find end of next word. */
4507 			    tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
4508 			    if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
4509 			    {
4510 				if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
4511 				{
4512 				    if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
4513 					IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4514 				    /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
4515 				    if (p_js
4516 					&& (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
4517 					    || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
4518 								       == NULL
4519 						&& (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
4520 						 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
4521 					IObuff[len++] = ' ';
4522 				}
4523 				/* copy as much as possible of the new word */
4524 				if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
4525 				    tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
4526 				STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
4527 				len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
4528 				flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
4529 			    }
4530 			    IObuff[len] = NUL;
4531 			    ptr = IObuff;
4532 			}
4533 			if (len == compl_length)
4534 			    continue;
4535 		    }
4536 		}
4537 		if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
4538 				 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
4539 					   0, flags) != NOTDONE)
4540 		{
4541 		    found_new_match = OK;
4542 		    break;
4543 		}
4544 	    }
4545 	    p_scs = save_p_scs;
4546 	    p_ws = save_p_ws;
4547 	}
4548 
4549 	/* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
4550 	 * expansion added something) */
4551 	if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
4552 	    found_new_match = OK;
4553 
4554 	/* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
4555 	 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
4556 	if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4557 						   || found_new_match != FAIL)
4558 	{
4559 	    if (got_int)
4560 		break;
4561 	    /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
4562 	    if (type != -1)
4563 		ins_compl_check_keys(0);
4564 
4565 	    if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4566 							 || compl_interrupted)
4567 		break;
4568 	    compl_started = TRUE;
4569 	}
4570 	else
4571 	{
4572 	    /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
4573 	    if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
4574 		ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
4575 
4576 	    compl_started = FALSE;
4577 	}
4578     }
4579     compl_started = TRUE;
4580 
4581     if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
4582 	    && *e_cpt == NUL)		/* Got to end of 'complete' */
4583 	found_new_match = FAIL;
4584 
4585     i = -1;		/* total of matches, unknown */
4586     if (found_new_match == FAIL
4587 	    || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)))
4588 	i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
4589 
4590     /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
4591      * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
4592      * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
4593     compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
4594 							 : old_match->cp_prev;
4595     if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
4596 	compl_curr_match = old_match;
4597     return i;
4598 }
4599 
4600 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
4601     static void
4602 ins_compl_delete(void)
4603 {
4604     int	    i;
4605 
4606     /*
4607      * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
4608      * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
4609      */
4610     i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
4611     backspace_until_column(i);
4612 
4613     /* TODO: is this sufficient for redrawing?  Redrawing everything causes
4614      * flicker, thus we can't do that. */
4615     changed_cline_bef_curs();
4616     /* clear v:completed_item */
4617     set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc());
4618 }
4619 
4620 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
4621     static void
4622 ins_compl_insert(void)
4623 {
4624     dict_T	*dict;
4625 
4626     ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len());
4627     if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
4628 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
4629     else
4630 	compl_used_match = TRUE;
4631 
4632     /* Set completed item. */
4633     /* { word, abbr, menu, kind, info } */
4634     dict = dict_alloc();
4635     if (dict != NULL)
4636     {
4637 	dict_add_nr_str(dict, "word", 0L,
4638 		    EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_str));
4639 	dict_add_nr_str(dict, "abbr", 0L,
4640 		    EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]));
4641 	dict_add_nr_str(dict, "menu", 0L,
4642 		    EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_MENU]));
4643 	dict_add_nr_str(dict, "kind", 0L,
4644 		    EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_KIND]));
4645 	dict_add_nr_str(dict, "info", 0L,
4646 		    EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_INFO]));
4647     }
4648     set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict);
4649 }
4650 
4651 /*
4652  * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
4653  * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
4654  * get more completions.  If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
4655  * are no more completions in a given direction.  The latter case is used when
4656  * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
4657  * through the ones found so far.
4658  * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
4659  *
4660  * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
4661  * compl_shown_match here.
4662  *
4663  * Note that this function may be called recursively once only.  First with
4664  * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
4665  * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
4666  */
4667     static int
4668 ins_compl_next(
4669     int	    allow_get_expansion,
4670     int	    count,		/* repeat completion this many times; should
4671 				   be at least 1 */
4672     int	    insert_match)	/* Insert the newly selected match */
4673 {
4674     int	    num_matches = -1;
4675     int	    i;
4676     int	    todo = count;
4677     compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
4678     int	    found_end = FALSE;
4679     int	    advance;
4680     int	    started = compl_started;
4681 
4682     /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next
4683      * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */
4684     if (compl_shown_match == NULL)
4685 	return -1;
4686 
4687     if (compl_leader != NULL
4688 			&& (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
4689     {
4690 	/* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
4691 	 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
4692 	while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4693 				      compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4694 		&& compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
4695 		&& compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
4696 	    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4697 
4698 	/* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
4699 	 * backward, find the last match. */
4700 	if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4701 		&& !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4702 				      compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4703 		&& (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
4704 		    || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
4705 	{
4706 	    while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4707 				      compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
4708 		    && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
4709 		    && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
4710 		compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4711 	}
4712     }
4713 
4714     if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
4715 	    && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
4716 	/* Delete old text to be replaced */
4717 	ins_compl_delete();
4718 
4719     /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
4720      * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
4721     advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
4722 
4723     /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
4724     if (compl_restarting)
4725     {
4726 	advance = FALSE;
4727 	compl_restarting = FALSE;
4728     }
4729 
4730     /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed.  But don't wrap
4731      * around. */
4732     while (--todo >= 0)
4733     {
4734 	if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4735 	{
4736 	    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4737 	    found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
4738 			   && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
4739 			       || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
4740 	}
4741 	else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
4742 					&& compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4743 	{
4744 	    found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4745 	    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4746 	    found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
4747 	}
4748 	else
4749 	{
4750 	    if (!allow_get_expansion)
4751 	    {
4752 		if (advance)
4753 		{
4754 		    if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4755 			compl_pending -= todo + 1;
4756 		    else
4757 			compl_pending += todo + 1;
4758 		}
4759 		return -1;
4760 	    }
4761 
4762 	    if (!compl_no_select && advance)
4763 	    {
4764 		if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
4765 		    --compl_pending;
4766 		else
4767 		    ++compl_pending;
4768 	    }
4769 
4770 	    /* Find matches. */
4771 	    num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
4772 
4773 	    /* handle any pending completions */
4774 	    while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
4775 								   && advance)
4776 	    {
4777 		if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
4778 		{
4779 		    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
4780 		    --compl_pending;
4781 		}
4782 		if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
4783 		{
4784 		    compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
4785 		    ++compl_pending;
4786 		}
4787 		else
4788 		    break;
4789 	    }
4790 	    found_end = FALSE;
4791 	}
4792 	if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
4793 		&& compl_leader != NULL
4794 		&& !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
4795 				     compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
4796 	    ++todo;
4797 	else
4798 	    /* Remember a matching item. */
4799 	    found_compl = compl_shown_match;
4800 
4801 	/* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
4802 	if (found_end)
4803 	{
4804 	    if (found_compl != NULL)
4805 	    {
4806 		compl_shown_match = found_compl;
4807 		break;
4808 	    }
4809 	    todo = 1;	    /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
4810 	}
4811     }
4812 
4813     /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
4814     if (compl_no_insert && !started)
4815     {
4816 	ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
4817 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
4818     }
4819     else if (insert_match)
4820     {
4821 	if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
4822 	    ins_compl_insert();
4823 	else
4824 	    ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
4825     }
4826     else
4827 	compl_used_match = FALSE;
4828 
4829     if (!allow_get_expansion)
4830     {
4831 	/* may undisplay the popup menu first */
4832 	ins_compl_upd_pum();
4833 
4834 	/* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
4835 	update_screen(0);
4836 
4837 	/* display the updated popup menu */
4838 	ins_compl_show_pum();
4839 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4840 	if (gui.in_use)
4841 	{
4842 	    /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
4843 	    setcursor();
4844 	    out_flush();
4845 	    gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
4846 	}
4847 #endif
4848 
4849 	/* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
4850 	 * don't want to match ourselves!  */
4851 	ins_compl_delete();
4852     }
4853 
4854     /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
4855      * menu is visible. */
4856     if (compl_no_insert && !started)
4857 	compl_enter_selects = TRUE;
4858     else
4859 	compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
4860 
4861     /*
4862      * Show the file name for the match (if any)
4863      * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
4864      */
4865     if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
4866     {
4867 	STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
4868 	i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
4869 	if (i <= 0)
4870 	    i = 0;
4871 	else
4872 	    STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
4873 	STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
4874 	msg(IObuff);
4875 	redraw_cmdline = FALSE;	    /* don't overwrite! */
4876     }
4877 
4878     return num_matches;
4879 }
4880 
4881 /*
4882  * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
4883  * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
4884  * mode.  Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
4885  * possible. -- webb
4886  * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
4887  */
4888     void
4889 ins_compl_check_keys(int frequency)
4890 {
4891     static int	count = 0;
4892 
4893     int	    c;
4894 
4895     /* Don't check when reading keys from a script.  That would break the test
4896      * scripts */
4897     if (using_script())
4898 	return;
4899 
4900     /* Only do this at regular intervals */
4901     if (++count < frequency)
4902 	return;
4903     count = 0;
4904 
4905     /* Check for a typed key.  Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
4906      * can't do its work correctly. */
4907     c = vpeekc_any();
4908     if (c != NUL)
4909     {
4910 	if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
4911 	{
4912 	    c = safe_vgetc();	/* Eat the character */
4913 	    compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
4914 	    (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
4915 						    c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
4916 	}
4917 	else
4918 	{
4919 	    /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set.  We'll put it
4920 	     * back with vungetc() below.  But skip K_IGNORE. */
4921 	    c = safe_vgetc();
4922 	    if (c != K_IGNORE)
4923 	    {
4924 		/* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
4925 		 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
4926 		if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
4927 		    compl_interrupted = TRUE;
4928 
4929 		vungetc(c);
4930 	    }
4931 	}
4932     }
4933     if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int && !compl_no_insert)
4934     {
4935 	int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
4936 
4937 	compl_pending = 0;
4938 	(void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
4939     }
4940 }
4941 
4942 /*
4943  * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
4944  * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
4945  */
4946     static int
4947 ins_compl_key2dir(int c)
4948 {
4949     if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
4950 	    || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
4951 						|| c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
4952 	return BACKWARD;
4953     return FORWARD;
4954 }
4955 
4956 /*
4957  * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
4958  * is visible.
4959  */
4960     static int
4961 ins_compl_pum_key(int c)
4962 {
4963     return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
4964 		     || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
4965 		     || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
4966 }
4967 
4968 /*
4969  * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
4970  * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
4971  */
4972     static int
4973 ins_compl_key2count(int c)
4974 {
4975     int		h;
4976 
4977     if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
4978     {
4979 	h = pum_get_height();
4980 	if (h > 3)
4981 	    h -= 2; /* keep some context */
4982 	return h;
4983     }
4984     return 1;
4985 }
4986 
4987 /*
4988  * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
4989  * to change the currently selected completion.
4990  */
4991     static int
4992 ins_compl_use_match(int c)
4993 {
4994     switch (c)
4995     {
4996 	case K_UP:
4997 	case K_DOWN:
4998 	case K_PAGEDOWN:
4999 	case K_KPAGEDOWN:
5000 	case K_S_DOWN:
5001 	case K_PAGEUP:
5002 	case K_KPAGEUP:
5003 	case K_S_UP:
5004 	    return FALSE;
5005     }
5006     return TRUE;
5007 }
5008 
5009 /*
5010  * Do Insert mode completion.
5011  * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
5012  * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
5013  */
5014     static int
5015 ins_complete(int c)
5016 {
5017     char_u	*line;
5018     int		startcol = 0;	    /* column where searched text starts */
5019     colnr_T	curs_col;	    /* cursor column */
5020     int		n;
5021     int		save_w_wrow;
5022 
5023     compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
5024     if (!compl_started)
5025     {
5026 	/* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
5027 
5028 	did_ai = FALSE;
5029 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
5030 	did_si = FALSE;
5031 	can_si = FALSE;
5032 	can_si_back = FALSE;
5033 #endif
5034 	if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
5035 	    return FAIL;
5036 
5037 	line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
5038 	curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5039 	compl_pending = 0;
5040 
5041 	/* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
5042 	 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
5043 	 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
5044 	 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
5045 	 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw').  if SOL
5046 	 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
5047 	 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that  -- Acevedo. */
5048 	if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
5049 					    && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
5050 	{
5051 	    /*
5052 	     * it is a continued search
5053 	     */
5054 	    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT;	/* remove INTRPT */
5055 	    if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
5056 					|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
5057 	    {
5058 		if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5059 		{
5060 		    /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
5061 		     * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
5062 		     * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
5063 		     * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
5064 		    compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
5065 		    compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5066 		    compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5067 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;   /* clear SOL if present */
5068 		}
5069 		else
5070 		{
5071 		    /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
5072 		     * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
5073 		     * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
5074 		    if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
5075 		    {
5076 			compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
5077 			compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
5078 						line + compl_length
5079 						+ compl_startpos.col) - line);
5080 		    }
5081 		    compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
5082 		}
5083 		compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
5084 		/* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
5085 		 * have enough space?  just being paranoid */
5086 #define	MIN_SPACE 75
5087 		if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
5088 		{
5089 		    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
5090 		    compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
5091 		    compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
5092 		}
5093 		compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
5094 		if (compl_length < 1)
5095 		    compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
5096 	    }
5097 	    else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
5098 		compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
5099 	    else
5100 		compl_cont_status = 0;
5101 	}
5102 	else
5103 	    compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
5104 
5105 	if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))	/* normal expansion */
5106 	{
5107 	    compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
5108 	    if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)	/* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
5109 		compl_cont_status = 0;
5110 	    compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
5111 	    compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
5112 	    startcol = (int)curs_col;
5113 	    compl_col = 0;
5114 	}
5115 
5116 	/* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
5117 	if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
5118 	{
5119 	    if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
5120 		    || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
5121 	    {
5122 		if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
5123 		{
5124 		    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
5125 			;
5126 		    compl_col += ++startcol;
5127 		    compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
5128 		}
5129 		if (p_ic)
5130 		    compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
5131 						       compl_length, NULL, 0);
5132 		else
5133 		    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
5134 								compl_length);
5135 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5136 		    return FAIL;
5137 	    }
5138 	    else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5139 	    {
5140 		char_u	    *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
5141 
5142 		/* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */
5143 		compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
5144 							   compl_length) + 2);
5145 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5146 		    return FAIL;
5147 		if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
5148 			|| (compl_col > 0
5149 			    && (
5150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5151 				vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
5152 #else
5153 				vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
5154 #endif
5155 				)))
5156 		    prefix = (char_u *)"";
5157 		STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
5158 		(void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
5159 					      line + compl_col, compl_length);
5160 	    }
5161 	    else if (--startcol < 0 ||
5162 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5163 			   !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
5164 #else
5165 			   !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
5166 #endif
5167 		    )
5168 	    {
5169 		/* Match any word of at least two chars */
5170 		compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
5171 		if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5172 		    return FAIL;
5173 		compl_col += curs_col;
5174 		compl_length = 0;
5175 	    }
5176 	    else
5177 	    {
5178 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5179 		/* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
5180 		 * or not a word single byte character backward.  */
5181 		if (has_mbyte)
5182 		{
5183 		    int base_class;
5184 		    int head_off;
5185 
5186 		    startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
5187 		    base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
5188 		    while (--startcol >= 0)
5189 		    {
5190 			head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
5191 			if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
5192 								  - head_off))
5193 			    break;
5194 			startcol -= head_off;
5195 		    }
5196 		}
5197 		else
5198 #endif
5199 		    while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
5200 			;
5201 		compl_col += ++startcol;
5202 		compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
5203 		if (compl_length == 1)
5204 		{
5205 		    /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
5206 		     * there's no need to call quote_meta,
5207 		     * alloc(7) is enough  -- Acevedo
5208 		     */
5209 		    compl_pattern = alloc(7);
5210 		    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5211 			return FAIL;
5212 		    STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
5213 		    (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
5214 		    STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
5215 		}
5216 		else
5217 		{
5218 		    compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
5219 							   compl_length) + 2);
5220 		    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5221 			return FAIL;
5222 		    STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
5223 		    (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
5224 								compl_length);
5225 		}
5226 	    }
5227 	}
5228 	else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
5229 	{
5230 	    compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
5231 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
5232 	    if (compl_length < 0)	/* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
5233 		compl_length = 0;
5234 	    if (p_ic)
5235 		compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
5236 								     NULL, 0);
5237 	    else
5238 		compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5239 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5240 		return FAIL;
5241 	}
5242 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
5243 	{
5244 	    /* Go back to just before the first filename character. */
5245 	    if (startcol > 0)
5246 	    {
5247 		char_u	*p = line + startcol;
5248 
5249 		mb_ptr_back(line, p);
5250 		while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p)))
5251 		    mb_ptr_back(line, p);
5252 		if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p)))
5253 		    startcol = 0;
5254 		else
5255 		    startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1;
5256 	    }
5257 
5258 	    compl_col += startcol;
5259 	    compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
5260 	    compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
5261 								EXPAND_FILES);
5262 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5263 		return FAIL;
5264 	}
5265 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
5266 	{
5267 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
5268 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5269 		return FAIL;
5270 	    set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
5271 				     (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
5272 	    if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
5273 		    || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
5274 		/* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
5275 		 * "pattern not found" message. */
5276 		compl_col = curs_col;
5277 	    else
5278 		compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
5279 	    compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
5280 	}
5281 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
5282 	{
5283 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
5284 	    /*
5285 	     * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
5286 	     * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
5287 	     */
5288 	    char_u	*args[2];
5289 	    int		col;
5290 	    char_u	*funcname;
5291 	    pos_T	pos;
5292 	    win_T	*curwin_save;
5293 	    buf_T	*curbuf_save;
5294 
5295 	    /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
5296 	     * string */
5297 	    funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
5298 					  ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
5299 	    if (*funcname == NUL)
5300 	    {
5301 		EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
5302 					     ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
5303 		return FAIL;
5304 	    }
5305 
5306 	    args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
5307 	    args[1] = NULL;
5308 	    pos = curwin->w_cursor;
5309 	    curwin_save = curwin;
5310 	    curbuf_save = curbuf;
5311 	    col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
5312 	    if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf)
5313 	    {
5314 		EMSG(_(e_complwin));
5315 		return FAIL;
5316 	    }
5317 	    curwin->w_cursor = pos;	/* restore the cursor position */
5318 	    validate_cursor();
5319 	    if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos))
5320 	    {
5321 		EMSG(_(e_compldel));
5322 		return FAIL;
5323 	    }
5324 
5325 	    /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to
5326 	     * cancel the complete without an error.
5327 	     * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/
5328 	    if (col == -2)
5329 		return FAIL;
5330 	    if (col == -3)
5331 	    {
5332 		ctrl_x_mode = 0;
5333 		edit_submode = NULL;
5334 		if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU))
5335 		    msg_clr_cmdline();
5336 		return FAIL;
5337 	    }
5338 
5339 	    /*
5340 	     * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new
5341 	     * completion.
5342 	     */
5343 	    compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE;
5344 
5345 	    if (col < 0)
5346 		col = curs_col;
5347 	    compl_col = col;
5348 	    if (compl_col > curs_col)
5349 		compl_col = curs_col;
5350 
5351 	    /* Setup variables for completion.  Need to obtain "line" again,
5352 	     * it may have become invalid. */
5353 	    line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
5354 	    compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
5355 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5356 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5357 #endif
5358 		return FAIL;
5359 	}
5360 	else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
5361 	{
5362 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
5363 	    if (spell_bad_len > 0)
5364 		compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
5365 	    else
5366 		compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
5367 	    if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
5368 	    {
5369 		compl_length = 0;
5370 		compl_col = curs_col;
5371 	    }
5372 	    else
5373 	    {
5374 		spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
5375 		compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
5376 	    }
5377 	    /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
5378 	    line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
5379 	    compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5380 	    if (compl_pattern == NULL)
5381 #endif
5382 		return FAIL;
5383 	}
5384 	else
5385 	{
5386 	    EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
5387 	    return FAIL;
5388 	}
5389 
5390 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5391 	{
5392 	    edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
5393 	    if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))
5394 	    {
5395 		/* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
5396 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5397 		char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
5398 
5399 		curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
5400 #endif
5401 		compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5402 		compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5403 		ins_eol('\r');
5404 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5405 		curbuf->b_p_com = old;
5406 #endif
5407 		compl_length = 0;
5408 		compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
5409 	    }
5410 	}
5411 	else
5412 	{
5413 	    edit_submode_pre = NULL;
5414 	    compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
5415 	}
5416 
5417 	if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
5418 	    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
5419 	else
5420 	    edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
5421 
5422 	/* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix
5423 	 * the redo buffer. */
5424 	ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL);
5425 
5426 	/* Always add completion for the original text. */
5427 	vim_free(compl_orig_text);
5428 	compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
5429 	if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
5430 			-1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
5431 	{
5432 	    vim_free(compl_pattern);
5433 	    compl_pattern = NULL;
5434 	    vim_free(compl_orig_text);
5435 	    compl_orig_text = NULL;
5436 	    return FAIL;
5437 	}
5438 
5439 	/* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
5440 	 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
5441 	 * longer needed.  -- Acevedo.
5442 	 */
5443 	edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
5444 	edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5445 	showmode();
5446 	edit_submode_extra = NULL;
5447 	out_flush();
5448     }
5449 
5450     compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
5451     compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
5452 
5453     /*
5454      * Find next match (and following matches).
5455      */
5456     save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow;
5457     n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
5458 
5459     /* may undisplay the popup menu */
5460     ins_compl_upd_pum();
5461 
5462     if (n > 1)		/* all matches have been found */
5463 	compl_matches = n;
5464     compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
5465     compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
5466 
5467     /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
5468      * mode. */
5469     if (got_int && !global_busy)
5470     {
5471 	(void)vgetc();
5472 	got_int = FALSE;
5473     }
5474 
5475     /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
5476     if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
5477     {
5478 	edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5479 			&& compl_length > 1
5480 			     ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
5481 	edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
5482 	/* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
5483 	 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
5484 	 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
5485 	 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already.  -- Acevedo */
5486 	if (	   compl_length > 1
5487 		|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
5488 		|| (ctrl_x_mode != 0
5489 		    && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
5490 		    && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
5491 	    compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
5492     }
5493 
5494     if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
5495 	compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
5496     else
5497 	compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
5498 
5499     if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
5500     {
5501 	if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
5502 	{
5503 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
5504 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
5505 	}
5506 	else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
5507 	{
5508 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
5509 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5510 	}
5511 	else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
5512 	{
5513 	    edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
5514 	    edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
5515 	}
5516 	else
5517 	{
5518 	    /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
5519 	    if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
5520 	    {
5521 		int		number = 0;
5522 		compl_T		*match;
5523 
5524 		if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
5525 		{
5526 		    /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
5527 		     * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
5528 		     * cycle, so it's fast! */
5529 		    for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
5530 			    && match != compl_first_match;
5531 						       match = match->cp_prev)
5532 			if (match->cp_number != -1)
5533 			{
5534 			    number = match->cp_number;
5535 			    break;
5536 			}
5537 		    if (match != NULL)
5538 			/* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
5539 			 * yet */
5540 			for (match = match->cp_next;
5541 				match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
5542 						       match = match->cp_next)
5543 			    match->cp_number = ++number;
5544 		}
5545 		else /* BACKWARD */
5546 		{
5547 		    /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
5548 		     * number.  This should normally succeed already at the
5549 		     * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
5550 		    for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
5551 			    && match != compl_first_match;
5552 						       match = match->cp_next)
5553 			if (match->cp_number != -1)
5554 			{
5555 			    number = match->cp_number;
5556 			    break;
5557 			}
5558 		    if (match != NULL)
5559 			/* go down and assign all numbers which are not
5560 			 * assigned yet */
5561 			for (match = match->cp_prev; match
5562 				&& match->cp_number == -1;
5563 						       match = match->cp_prev)
5564 			    match->cp_number = ++number;
5565 		}
5566 	    }
5567 
5568 	    /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
5569 	     * just a safety check. */
5570 	    if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
5571 	    {
5572 		/* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
5573 		 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
5574 		static char_u match_ref[81];
5575 
5576 		if (compl_matches > 0)
5577 		    vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5578 				_("match %d of %d"),
5579 				compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
5580 		else
5581 		    vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
5582 				_("match %d"),
5583 				compl_curr_match->cp_number);
5584 		edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
5585 		edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
5586 		if (dollar_vcol >= 0)
5587 		    curs_columns(FALSE);
5588 	    }
5589 	}
5590     }
5591 
5592     /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
5593     showmode();
5594     if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU))
5595     {
5596 	if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
5597 	{
5598 	    if (!p_smd)
5599 		msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
5600 			edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
5601 			? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
5602 	}
5603 	else
5604 	    msg_clr_cmdline();	/* necessary for "noshowmode" */
5605     }
5606 
5607     /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
5608     if (!compl_interrupted)
5609     {
5610 	/* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
5611 	n = RedrawingDisabled;
5612 	RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5613 
5614 	/* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */
5615 	setcursor();
5616 	if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow)
5617 	    ins_compl_del_pum();
5618 
5619 	ins_compl_show_pum();
5620 	setcursor();
5621 	RedrawingDisabled = n;
5622     }
5623     compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
5624     compl_interrupted = FALSE;
5625 
5626     return OK;
5627 }
5628 
5629 /*
5630  * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
5631  * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
5632  * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
5633  * Returns the length (needed) of dest
5634  */
5635     static unsigned
5636 quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *src, int len)
5637 {
5638     unsigned	m = (unsigned)len + 1;  /* one extra for the NUL */
5639 
5640     for ( ; --len >= 0; src++)
5641     {
5642 	switch (*src)
5643 	{
5644 	    case '.':
5645 	    case '*':
5646 	    case '[':
5647 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5648 					   || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5649 		    break;
5650 	    case '~':
5651 		if (!p_magic)	/* quote these only if magic is set */
5652 		    break;
5653 	    case '\\':
5654 		if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
5655 					   || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
5656 		    break;
5657 	    case '^':		/* currently it's not needed. */
5658 	    case '$':
5659 		m++;
5660 		if (dest != NULL)
5661 		    *dest++ = '\\';
5662 		break;
5663 	}
5664 	if (dest != NULL)
5665 	    *dest++ = *src;
5666 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5667 	/* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
5668 	if (has_mbyte)
5669 	{
5670 	    int i, mb_len;
5671 
5672 	    mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
5673 	    if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
5674 		for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
5675 		{
5676 		    --len;
5677 		    ++src;
5678 		    if (dest != NULL)
5679 			*dest++ = *src;
5680 		}
5681 	}
5682 # endif
5683     }
5684     if (dest != NULL)
5685 	*dest = NUL;
5686 
5687     return m;
5688 }
5689 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
5690 
5691 /*
5692  * Next character is interpreted literally.
5693  * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
5694  * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
5695  * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
5696  */
5697     int
5698 get_literal(void)
5699 {
5700     int		cc;
5701     int		nc;
5702     int		i;
5703     int		hex = FALSE;
5704     int		octal = FALSE;
5705 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5706     int		unicode = 0;
5707 #endif
5708 
5709     if (got_int)
5710 	return Ctrl_C;
5711 
5712 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5713     /*
5714      * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
5715      * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead.	This would
5716      * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
5717      * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
5718      */
5719     if (gui.in_use)
5720 	++allow_keys;
5721 #endif
5722 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5723     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
5724 #endif
5725     ++no_mapping;		/* don't map the next key hits */
5726     cc = 0;
5727     i = 0;
5728     for (;;)
5729     {
5730 	nc = plain_vgetc();
5731 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5732 	if (!(State & CMDLINE)
5733 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5734 		&& MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
5735 # endif
5736 	   )
5737 	    add_to_showcmd(nc);
5738 #endif
5739 	if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
5740 	    hex = TRUE;
5741 	else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
5742 	    octal = TRUE;
5743 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5744 	else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
5745 	    unicode = nc;
5746 #endif
5747 	else
5748 	{
5749 	    if (hex
5750 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5751 		    || unicode != 0
5752 #endif
5753 		    )
5754 	    {
5755 		if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
5756 		    break;
5757 		cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
5758 	    }
5759 	    else if (octal)
5760 	    {
5761 		if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
5762 		    break;
5763 		cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
5764 	    }
5765 	    else
5766 	    {
5767 		if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
5768 		    break;
5769 		cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
5770 	    }
5771 
5772 	    ++i;
5773 	}
5774 
5775 	if (cc > 255
5776 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5777 		&& unicode == 0
5778 #endif
5779 		)
5780 	    cc = 255;		/* limit range to 0-255 */
5781 	nc = 0;
5782 
5783 	if (hex)		/* hex: up to two chars */
5784 	{
5785 	    if (i >= 2)
5786 		break;
5787 	}
5788 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5789 	else if (unicode)	/* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
5790 	{
5791 	    if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
5792 		break;
5793 	}
5794 #endif
5795 	else if (i >= 3)	/* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
5796 	    break;
5797     }
5798     if (i == 0)	    /* no number entered */
5799     {
5800 	if (nc == K_ZERO)   /* NUL is stored as NL */
5801 	{
5802 	    cc = '\n';
5803 	    nc = 0;
5804 	}
5805 	else
5806 	{
5807 	    cc = nc;
5808 	    nc = 0;
5809 	}
5810     }
5811 
5812     if (cc == 0)	/* NUL is stored as NL */
5813 	cc = '\n';
5814 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5815     if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
5816 	cc = '?';	/* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
5817 			   second byte will cause trouble! */
5818 #endif
5819 
5820     --no_mapping;
5821 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5822     if (gui.in_use)
5823 	--allow_keys;
5824 #endif
5825     if (nc)
5826 	vungetc(nc);
5827     got_int = FALSE;	    /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
5828     return cc;
5829 }
5830 
5831 /*
5832  * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
5833  */
5834     static void
5835 insert_special(
5836     int	    c,
5837     int	    allow_modmask,
5838     int	    ctrlv)	    /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
5839 {
5840     char_u  *p;
5841     int	    len;
5842 
5843     /*
5844      * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
5845      * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
5846      * mode.
5847      * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
5848      * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
5849      */
5850 #ifdef MACOS
5851     /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
5852     if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
5853 	allow_modmask = TRUE;
5854 #endif
5855     if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
5856     {
5857 	p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
5858 	len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5859 	c = p[len - 1];
5860 	if (len > 2)
5861 	{
5862 	    if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
5863 		return;
5864 	    p[len - 1] = NUL;
5865 	    ins_str(p);
5866 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
5867 	    ctrlv = FALSE;
5868 	}
5869     }
5870     if (stop_arrow() == OK)
5871 	insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
5872 }
5873 
5874 /*
5875  * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
5876  * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
5877  * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
5878  * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
5879  * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
5880  * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
5881  * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
5882  */
5883 #ifdef EBCDIC
5884 # define ISSPECIAL(c)	((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5885 #else
5886 # define ISSPECIAL(c)	((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
5887 #endif
5888 
5889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5890 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
5891 #else
5892 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
5893 #endif
5894 
5895 /*
5896  * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting
5897  *	    INSCHAR_CTRLV  - char typed just after CTRL-V
5898  *	    INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr'
5899  *
5900  *   NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which,
5901  *	   beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these:
5902  *	    INSCHAR_DO_COM   - format comments
5903  *	    INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent
5904  */
5905     void
5906 insertchar(
5907     int		c,			/* character to insert or NUL */
5908     int		flags,			/* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
5909     int		second_indent)		/* indent for second line if >= 0 */
5910 {
5911     int		textwidth;
5912 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5913     char_u	*p;
5914 #endif
5915     int		fo_ins_blank;
5916     int		force_format = flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT;
5917 
5918     textwidth = comp_textwidth(force_format);
5919     fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
5920 
5921     /*
5922      * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
5923      * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
5924      * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
5925      *   ends in white space.
5926      * - Otherwise:
5927      *	 - Don't do this if inserting a blank
5928      *	 - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
5929      *	   we're in VREPLACE mode.
5930      *	 - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
5931      *	 or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
5932      *	       before the insert.
5933      *	    - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
5934      *	      before 'textwidth'
5935      */
5936     if (textwidth > 0
5937 	    && (force_format
5938 		|| (!vim_iswhite(c)
5939 		    && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
5940 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
5941 			&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
5942 #endif
5943 			&& *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
5944 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
5945 			|| ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
5946 				|| Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
5947 			    && (!fo_ins_blank
5948 				|| Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
5949 			    ))))))
5950     {
5951 	/* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set.  Use internal formatting
5952 	 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
5953 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5954 	int     do_internal = TRUE;
5955 	colnr_T virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol()
5956 				  + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor());
5957 
5958 	if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0
5959 		&& (force_format || virtcol > (colnr_T)textwidth))
5960 	{
5961 	    do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
5962 	    /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
5963 	     * was called. */
5964 	    ins_need_undo = TRUE;
5965 	}
5966 	if (do_internal)
5967 #endif
5968 	    internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c);
5969     }
5970 
5971     if (c == NUL)	    /* only formatting was wanted */
5972 	return;
5973 
5974 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
5975     /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
5976     if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
5977     {
5978 	char_u  *line;
5979 	char_u	lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN];	    /* end-comment string */
5980 	int	middle_len, end_len;
5981 	int	i;
5982 
5983 	/*
5984 	 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
5985 	 * comment leader.  First, check what comment leader we can find.
5986 	 */
5987 	i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE);
5988 	if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL)	/* Just checking */
5989 	{
5990 	    /* Skip middle-comment string */
5991 	    while (*p && p[-1] != ':')	/* find end of middle flags */
5992 		++p;
5993 	    middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
5994 	    /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
5995 	    while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
5996 		--middle_len;
5997 
5998 	    /* Find the end-comment string */
5999 	    while (*p && p[-1] != ':')	/* find end of end flags */
6000 		++p;
6001 	    end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6002 
6003 	    /* Skip white space before the cursor */
6004 	    i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6005 	    while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
6006 		;
6007 	    i++;
6008 
6009 	    /* Skip to before the middle leader */
6010 	    i -= middle_len;
6011 
6012 	    /* Check some expected things before we go on */
6013 	    if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
6014 	    {
6015 		/* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
6016 		backspace_until_column(i);
6017 
6018 		/*
6019 		 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
6020 		 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
6021 		 */
6022 		ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
6023 	    }
6024 	}
6025     }
6026     end_comment_pending = NUL;
6027 #endif
6028 
6029     did_ai = FALSE;
6030 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6031     did_si = FALSE;
6032     can_si = FALSE;
6033     can_si_back = FALSE;
6034 #endif
6035 
6036     /*
6037      * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
6038      * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
6039      * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
6040      * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
6041      * 'paste' is set)..
6042      * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined,
6043      * because we need to fire the event for every character.
6044      */
6045 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
6046     dont_scroll = FALSE;		/* allow scrolling here */
6047 #endif
6048 
6049     if (       !ISSPECIAL(c)
6050 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6051 	    && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
6052 #endif
6053 	    && vpeekc() != NUL
6054 	    && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
6055 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6056 	    && !cindent_on()
6057 #endif
6058 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6059 	    && !p_ri
6060 #endif
6061 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
6062 	    && !has_insertcharpre()
6063 #endif
6064 	       )
6065     {
6066 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
6067 	char_u		buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
6068 	int		i;
6069 	colnr_T		virtcol = 0;
6070 
6071 	buf[0] = c;
6072 	i = 1;
6073 	if (textwidth > 0)
6074 	    virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
6075 	/*
6076 	 * Stop the string when:
6077 	 * - no more chars available
6078 	 * - finding a special character (command key)
6079 	 * - buffer is full
6080 	 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
6081 	 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
6082 	 */
6083 	while (	   (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
6084 		&& !ISSPECIAL(c)
6085 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6086 		&& (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
6087 #endif
6088 		&& i < INPUT_BUFLEN
6089 		&& (textwidth == 0
6090 		    || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
6091 		&& !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
6092 	{
6093 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6094 	    c = vgetc();
6095 	    if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
6096 		c = hkmap(c);		    /* Hebrew mode mapping */
6097 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
6098 	    if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
6099 		c = fkmap(c);		    /* Farsi mode mapping */
6100 # endif
6101 	    buf[i++] = c;
6102 #else
6103 	    buf[i++] = vgetc();
6104 #endif
6105 	}
6106 
6107 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
6108 	do_digraph(-1);			/* clear digraphs */
6109 	do_digraph(buf[i-1]);		/* may be the start of a digraph */
6110 #endif
6111 	buf[i] = NUL;
6112 	ins_str(buf);
6113 	if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
6114 	{
6115 	    redo_literal(*buf);
6116 	    i = 1;
6117 	}
6118 	else
6119 	    i = 0;
6120 	if (buf[i] != NUL)
6121 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
6122     }
6123     else
6124     {
6125 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6126 	int		cc;
6127 
6128 	if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
6129 	{
6130 	    char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6131 
6132 	    (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
6133 	    buf[cc] = NUL;
6134 	    ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
6135 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6136 	}
6137 	else
6138 #endif
6139 	{
6140 	    ins_char(c);
6141 	    if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
6142 		redo_literal(c);
6143 	    else
6144 		AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6145 	}
6146     }
6147 }
6148 
6149 /*
6150  * Format text at the current insert position.
6151  *
6152  * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent
6153  * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line().
6154  */
6155     static void
6156 internal_format(
6157     int		textwidth,
6158     int		second_indent,
6159     int		flags,
6160     int		format_only,
6161     int		c) /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */
6162 {
6163     int		cc;
6164     int		save_char = NUL;
6165     int		haveto_redraw = FALSE;
6166     int		fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
6167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6168     int		fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
6169 #endif
6170     int		fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
6171     int		first_line = TRUE;
6172 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6173     colnr_T	leader_len;
6174     int		no_leader = FALSE;
6175     int		do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
6176 #endif
6177 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
6178     int		has_lbr = curwin->w_p_lbr;
6179 
6180     /* make sure win_lbr_chartabsize() counts correctly */
6181     curwin->w_p_lbr = FALSE;
6182 #endif
6183 
6184     /*
6185      * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
6186      * deleted.  Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
6187      */
6188     if (!curbuf->b_p_ai
6189 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6190 	    && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6191 #endif
6192 	    )
6193     {
6194 	cc = gchar_cursor();
6195 	if (vim_iswhite(cc))
6196 	{
6197 	    save_char = cc;
6198 	    pchar_cursor('x');
6199 	}
6200     }
6201 
6202     /*
6203      * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
6204      */
6205     while (!got_int)
6206     {
6207 	int	startcol;		/* Cursor column at entry */
6208 	int	wantcol;		/* column at textwidth border */
6209 	int	foundcol;		/* column for start of spaces */
6210 	int	end_foundcol = 0;	/* column for start of word */
6211 	colnr_T	len;
6212 	colnr_T	virtcol;
6213 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6214 	int	orig_col = 0;
6215 	char_u	*saved_text = NULL;
6216 #endif
6217 	colnr_T	col;
6218 	colnr_T	end_col;
6219 
6220 	virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol()
6221 		+ char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor());
6222 	if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
6223 	    break;
6224 
6225 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6226 	if (no_leader)
6227 	    do_comments = FALSE;
6228 	else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
6229 				       && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
6230 	    do_comments = TRUE;
6231 
6232 	/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
6233 	if (do_comments)
6234 	    leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE);
6235 	else
6236 	    leader_len = 0;
6237 
6238 	/* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
6239 	 * start one in a following broken line.  Avoids that a %word
6240 	 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
6241 	 * to start with %. */
6242 	if (leader_len == 0)
6243 	    no_leader = TRUE;
6244 #endif
6245 	if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
6246 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6247 		&& leader_len == 0
6248 #endif
6249 		&& !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
6250 
6251 	    break;
6252 	if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
6253 	    break;
6254 
6255 	/* find column of textwidth border */
6256 	coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
6257 	wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6258 
6259 	curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
6260 	foundcol = 0;
6261 
6262 	/*
6263 	 * Find position to break at.
6264 	 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
6265 	 */
6266 	while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
6267 		    || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
6268 		    || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
6269 		    || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
6270 	{
6271 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL)
6272 		cc = c;
6273 	    else
6274 		cc = gchar_cursor();
6275 	    if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6276 	    {
6277 		/* remember position of blank just before text */
6278 		end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6279 
6280 		/* find start of sequence of blanks */
6281 		while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
6282 		{
6283 		    dec_cursor();
6284 		    cc = gchar_cursor();
6285 		}
6286 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
6287 		    break;		/* only spaces in front of text */
6288 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6289 		/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
6290 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
6291 		    break;
6292 #endif
6293 		if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
6294 		{
6295 		    /* do not break after one-letter words */
6296 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6297 			break;	/* one-letter word at begin */
6298 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6299 		    /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */
6300 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len)
6301 			break;
6302 #endif
6303 		    col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6304 		    dec_cursor();
6305 		    cc = gchar_cursor();
6306 
6307 		    if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6308 			continue;	/* one-letter, continue */
6309 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6310 		}
6311 
6312 		inc_cursor();
6313 
6314 		end_foundcol = end_col + 1;
6315 		foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6316 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
6317 		    break;
6318 	    }
6319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6320 	    else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte)
6321 	    {
6322 		/* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
6323 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol)
6324 		{
6325 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6326 		    /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
6327 		    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
6328 			break;
6329 #endif
6330 		    col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6331 		    inc_cursor();
6332 		    /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */
6333 		    if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col)
6334 		    {
6335 			foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6336 			end_foundcol = foundcol;
6337 			if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
6338 			    break;
6339 		    }
6340 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6341 		}
6342 
6343 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6344 		    break;
6345 
6346 		col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6347 
6348 		dec_cursor();
6349 		cc = gchar_cursor();
6350 
6351 		if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6352 		    continue;		/* break with space */
6353 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6354 		/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
6355 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
6356 		    break;
6357 #endif
6358 
6359 		curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6360 
6361 		foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
6362 		end_foundcol = foundcol;
6363 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
6364 		    break;
6365 	    }
6366 #endif
6367 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
6368 		break;
6369 	    dec_cursor();
6370 	}
6371 
6372 	if (foundcol == 0)		/* no spaces, cannot break line */
6373 	{
6374 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
6375 	    break;
6376 	}
6377 
6378 	/* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
6379 	undisplay_dollar();
6380 
6381 	/*
6382 	 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
6383 	 * stack functions.  VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
6384 	 * over the text instead.
6385 	 */
6386 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6387 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6388 	    orig_col = startcol;	/* Will start backspacing from here */
6389 	else
6390 #endif
6391 	    replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol;
6392 
6393 	/*
6394 	 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
6395 	 * characters that will remain on top line
6396 	 */
6397 	curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
6398 	while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
6399 		    && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol))
6400 	    inc_cursor();
6401 	startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
6402 	if (startcol < 0)
6403 	    startcol = 0;
6404 
6405 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6406 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6407 	{
6408 	    /*
6409 	     * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
6410 	     * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
6411 	     */
6412 	    saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
6413 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
6414 	    if (saved_text == NULL)
6415 		break;	/* Can't do it, out of memory */
6416 	    saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
6417 
6418 	    /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
6419 	    if (!fo_white_par)
6420 		backspace_until_column(foundcol);
6421 	}
6422 	else
6423 #endif
6424 	{
6425 	    /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
6426 	    if (!fo_white_par)
6427 		curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
6428 	}
6429 
6430 	/*
6431 	 * Split the line just before the margin.
6432 	 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
6433 	 */
6434 	open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
6435 		+ (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
6436 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6437 		+ (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
6438 		+ ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0)
6439 #endif
6440 		, ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent));
6441 	if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST))
6442 	    old_indent = 0;
6443 
6444 	replace_offset = 0;
6445 	if (first_line)
6446 	{
6447 	    if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST))
6448 	    {
6449 		/*
6450 		 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists.  When not
6451 		 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST
6452 		 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen
6453 		 * above).  The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will
6454 		 * recognize comments if needed...
6455 		 */
6456 		if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
6457 		    second_indent =
6458 				 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6459 		if (second_indent >= 0)
6460 		{
6461 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6462 		    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6463 			change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent,
6464 							    FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
6465 		    else
6466 #endif
6467 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6468 			if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0)
6469 		    {
6470 			int i;
6471 			int padding = second_indent - leader_len;
6472 
6473 			/* We started at the first_line of a numbered list
6474 			 * that has a comment.  the open_line() function has
6475 			 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned
6476 			 * the cursor at the end of the split line.  Now we
6477 			 * add the additional whitespace needed after the
6478 			 * comment leader for the numbered list.  */
6479 			for (i = 0; i < padding; i++)
6480 			    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
6481 			changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len);
6482 		    }
6483 		    else
6484 		    {
6485 #endif
6486 			(void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
6487 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6488 		    }
6489 #endif
6490 		}
6491 	    }
6492 	    first_line = FALSE;
6493 	}
6494 
6495 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6496 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6497 	{
6498 	    /*
6499 	     * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
6500 	     * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
6501 	     */
6502 	    ins_bytes(saved_text);
6503 	    vim_free(saved_text);
6504 	}
6505 	else
6506 #endif
6507 	{
6508 	    /*
6509 	     * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
6510 	     * may have added or removed indent.
6511 	     */
6512 	    curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
6513 	    len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
6514 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
6515 		curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
6516 	}
6517 
6518 	haveto_redraw = TRUE;
6519 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
6520 	can_cindent = TRUE;
6521 #endif
6522 	/* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
6523 	did_ai = FALSE;
6524 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
6525 	did_si = FALSE;
6526 	can_si = FALSE;
6527 	can_si_back = FALSE;
6528 #endif
6529 	line_breakcheck();
6530     }
6531 
6532     if (save_char != NUL)		/* put back space after cursor */
6533 	pchar_cursor(save_char);
6534 
6535 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
6536     curwin->w_p_lbr = has_lbr;
6537 #endif
6538     if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
6539     {
6540 	update_topline();
6541 	redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
6542     }
6543 }
6544 
6545 /*
6546  * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
6547  * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
6548  * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
6549  * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
6550  * saved here.
6551  */
6552     void
6553 auto_format(
6554     int		trailblank,	/* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
6555     int		prev_line)	/* may start in previous line */
6556 {
6557     pos_T	pos;
6558     colnr_T	len;
6559     char_u	*old;
6560     char_u	*new, *pnew;
6561     int		wasatend;
6562     int		cc;
6563 
6564     if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6565 	return;
6566 
6567     pos = curwin->w_cursor;
6568     old = ml_get_curline();
6569 
6570     /* may remove added space */
6571     check_auto_format(FALSE);
6572 
6573     /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
6574      * user might insert normal text next.  Also skip formatting when "1" is
6575      * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
6576      * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
6577      * next they are not joined back together. */
6578     wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old));
6579     if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
6580     {
6581 	dec_cursor();
6582 	cc = gchar_cursor();
6583 	if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
6584 					  && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
6585 	    dec_cursor();
6586 	cc = gchar_cursor();
6587 	if (WHITECHAR(cc))
6588 	{
6589 	    curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6590 	    return;
6591 	}
6592 	curwin->w_cursor = pos;
6593     }
6594 
6595 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
6596     /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
6597      * comments. */
6598     if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
6599 				     && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0)
6600 	return;
6601 #endif
6602 
6603     /*
6604      * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
6605      * moved to the previous line if it fits there now.  Only when this is not
6606      * the start of a paragraph.
6607      */
6608     if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6609     {
6610 	--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6611 	if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
6612 	    return;
6613     }
6614 
6615     /*
6616      * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position.  "saved_cursor" will
6617      * be adjusted for the text formatting.
6618      */
6619     saved_cursor = pos;
6620     format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE);
6621     curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
6622     saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
6623 
6624     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6625     {
6626 	/* "cannot happen" */
6627 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6628 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
6629     }
6630     else
6631 	check_cursor_col();
6632 
6633     /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
6634      * previously wasn't, the line was broken.  Because of the rule above we
6635      * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
6636      * formatted. */
6637     if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
6638     {
6639 	new = ml_get_curline();
6640 	len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
6641 	if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
6642 	{
6643 	    pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
6644 	    pnew[len] = ' ';
6645 	    pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
6646 	    ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
6647 	    /* remove the space later */
6648 	    did_add_space = TRUE;
6649 	}
6650 	else
6651 	    /* may remove added space */
6652 	    check_auto_format(FALSE);
6653     }
6654 
6655     check_cursor();
6656 }
6657 
6658 /*
6659  * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
6660  * delete it now.  The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
6661  * position.
6662  */
6663     static void
6664 check_auto_format(
6665     int		end_insert)	    /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
6666 {
6667     int		c = ' ';
6668     int		cc;
6669 
6670     if (did_add_space)
6671     {
6672 	cc = gchar_cursor();
6673 	if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
6674 	    /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
6675 	    did_add_space = FALSE;
6676 	else
6677 	{
6678 	    if (!end_insert)
6679 	    {
6680 		inc_cursor();
6681 		c = gchar_cursor();
6682 		dec_cursor();
6683 	    }
6684 	    if (c != NUL)
6685 	    {
6686 		/* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
6687 		del_char(FALSE);
6688 		did_add_space = FALSE;
6689 	    }
6690 	}
6691     }
6692 }
6693 
6694 /*
6695  * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
6696  *	if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
6697  *	else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
6698  *	if invalid value, use 0.
6699  *	Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
6700  */
6701     int
6702 comp_textwidth(
6703     int		ff)	/* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
6704 {
6705     int		textwidth;
6706 
6707     textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
6708     if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
6709     {
6710 	/* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
6711 	 * things that add to the margin. */
6712 	textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
6713 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
6714 	if (cmdwin_type != 0)
6715 	    textwidth -= 1;
6716 #endif
6717 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6718 	textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
6719 #endif
6720 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
6721 	if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
6722 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
6723 			  || curwin->w_buffer->b_has_sign_column
6724 # endif
6725 		    )
6726 	    textwidth -= 1;
6727 #endif
6728 	if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu)
6729 	    textwidth -= 8;
6730     }
6731     if (textwidth < 0)
6732 	textwidth = 0;
6733     if (ff && textwidth == 0)
6734     {
6735 	textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
6736 	if (textwidth > 79)
6737 	    textwidth = 79;
6738     }
6739     return textwidth;
6740 }
6741 
6742 /*
6743  * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
6744  */
6745     static void
6746 redo_literal(int c)
6747 {
6748     char_u	buf[10];
6749 
6750     /* Only digits need special treatment.  Translate them into a string of
6751      * three digits. */
6752     if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
6753     {
6754 	vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c);
6755 	AppendToRedobuff(buf);
6756     }
6757     else
6758 	AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
6759 }
6760 
6761 /*
6762  * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
6763  * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
6764  */
6765     static void
6766 start_arrow(
6767     pos_T    *end_insert_pos)		/* can be NULL */
6768 {
6769     start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, TRUE);
6770 }
6771 
6772 /*
6773  * Like start_arrow() but with end_change argument.
6774  * Will prepare for redo of CTRL-G U if "end_change" is FALSE.
6775  */
6776     static void
6777 start_arrow_with_change(
6778     pos_T    *end_insert_pos,		/* can be NULL */
6779     int	      end_change)		/* end undoable change */
6780 {
6781     start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, end_change);
6782     if (!end_change)
6783     {
6784 	AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_G);
6785 	AppendCharToRedobuff('U');
6786     }
6787 }
6788 
6789     static void
6790 start_arrow_common(
6791     pos_T    *end_insert_pos,		/* can be NULL */
6792     int	      end_change)		/* end undoable change */
6793 {
6794     if (!arrow_used && end_change)	/* something has been inserted */
6795     {
6796 	AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
6797 	stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE, FALSE);
6798 	arrow_used = TRUE;	/* this means we stopped the current insert */
6799     }
6800 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6801     check_spell_redraw();
6802 #endif
6803 }
6804 
6805 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6806 /*
6807  * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
6808  * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
6809  */
6810     static void
6811 check_spell_redraw(void)
6812 {
6813     if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
6814     {
6815 	linenr_T	lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
6816 
6817 	spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
6818 	redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
6819     }
6820 }
6821 
6822 /*
6823  * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
6824  * spelled word, if there is one.
6825  */
6826     static void
6827 spell_back_to_badword(void)
6828 {
6829     pos_T	tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6830 
6831     spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
6832     if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
6833 	start_arrow(&tpos);
6834 }
6835 #endif
6836 
6837 /*
6838  * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
6839  * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
6840  * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
6841  */
6842     int
6843 stop_arrow(void)
6844 {
6845     if (arrow_used)
6846     {
6847 	Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;	/* new insertion starts here */
6848 	if (Insstart.col > Insstart_orig.col && !ins_need_undo)
6849 	    /* Don't update the original insert position when moved to the
6850 	     * right, except when nothing was inserted yet. */
6851 	    update_Insstart_orig = FALSE;
6852 	Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
6853 
6854 	if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6855 	{
6856 	    arrow_used = FALSE;
6857 	    ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6858 	}
6859 
6860 	ai_col = 0;
6861 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
6862 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
6863 	{
6864 	    orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6865 	    vr_lines_changed = 1;
6866 	}
6867 #endif
6868 	ResetRedobuff();
6869 	AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i");   /* pretend we start an insertion */
6870 	new_insert_skip = 2;
6871     }
6872     else if (ins_need_undo)
6873     {
6874 	if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
6875 	    ins_need_undo = FALSE;
6876     }
6877 
6878 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6879     /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
6880     foldOpenCursor();
6881 #endif
6882 
6883     return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
6884 }
6885 
6886 /*
6887  * Do a few things to stop inserting.
6888  * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended.  It is NULL when we already jumped
6889  * to another window/buffer.
6890  */
6891     static void
6892 stop_insert(
6893     pos_T	*end_insert_pos,
6894     int		esc,			/* called by ins_esc() */
6895     int		nomove)			/* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */
6896 {
6897     int		cc;
6898     char_u	*ptr;
6899 
6900     stop_redo_ins();
6901     replace_flush();		/* abandon replace stack */
6902 
6903     /*
6904      * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
6905      * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
6906      * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
6907      */
6908     ptr = get_inserted();
6909     if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
6910 				       && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
6911     {
6912 	vim_free(last_insert);
6913 	last_insert = ptr;
6914 	last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
6915     }
6916     else
6917 	vim_free(ptr);
6918 
6919     if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
6920     {
6921 	/* Auto-format now.  It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
6922 	 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
6923 	 * a line and having it end in a space.  But only do it when something
6924 	 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
6925 	if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
6926 	{
6927 	    pos_T   tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6928 
6929 	    /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
6930 	     * formatting will move it to the following word.  Avoid that by
6931 	     * moving the cursor onto the space. */
6932 	    cc = 'x';
6933 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
6934 	    {
6935 		dec_cursor();
6936 		cc = gchar_cursor();
6937 		if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6938 		    curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6939 	    }
6940 
6941 	    auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
6942 
6943 	    if (vim_iswhite(cc))
6944 	    {
6945 		if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
6946 		    inc_cursor();
6947 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
6948 		/* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
6949 		 * the "coladd". */
6950 		if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
6951 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
6952 			&& curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
6953 		    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
6954 #endif
6955 	    }
6956 	}
6957 
6958 	/* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
6959 	check_auto_format(TRUE);
6960 
6961 	/* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
6962 	 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
6963 	 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down.
6964 	 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text
6965 	 * got changed unexpectedly. */
6966 	if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
6967 			&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum))
6968 		&& end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
6969 	{
6970 	    pos_T	tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6971 
6972 	    curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
6973 	    check_cursor_col();  /* make sure it is not past the line */
6974 	    for (;;)
6975 	    {
6976 		if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
6977 		    --curwin->w_cursor.col;
6978 		cc = gchar_cursor();
6979 		if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
6980 		    break;
6981 		if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL)
6982 		    break;  /* should not happen */
6983 	    }
6984 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
6985 		curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
6986 	    else
6987 	    {
6988 		/* reset tpos, could have been invalidated in the loop above */
6989 		tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6990 		tpos.col++;
6991 		if (cc != NUL && gchar_pos(&tpos) == NUL)
6992 		    ++curwin->w_cursor.col;	/* put cursor back on the NUL */
6993 	    }
6994 
6995 	    /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
6996 	     * deleted characters. */
6997 	    if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
6998 	    {
6999 		int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
7000 
7001 		if (VIsual.col > len)
7002 		{
7003 		    VIsual.col = len;
7004 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7005 		    VIsual.coladd = 0;
7006 #endif
7007 		}
7008 	    }
7009 	}
7010     }
7011     did_ai = FALSE;
7012 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
7013     did_si = FALSE;
7014     can_si = FALSE;
7015     can_si_back = FALSE;
7016 #endif
7017 
7018     /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text.  When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
7019      * now in a different buffer. */
7020     if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
7021     {
7022 	curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
7023 	curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig;
7024 	curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
7025     }
7026 }
7027 
7028 /*
7029  * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
7030  * Used for the replace command.
7031  */
7032     void
7033 set_last_insert(int c)
7034 {
7035     char_u	*s;
7036 
7037     vim_free(last_insert);
7038     last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
7039     if (last_insert != NULL)
7040     {
7041 	s = last_insert;
7042 	/* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
7043 	if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
7044 	    *s++ = Ctrl_V;
7045 	s = add_char2buf(c, s);
7046 	*s++ = ESC;
7047 	*s++ = NUL;
7048 	last_insert_skip = 0;
7049     }
7050 }
7051 
7052 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
7053     void
7054 free_last_insert(void)
7055 {
7056     vim_free(last_insert);
7057     last_insert = NULL;
7058 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
7059     vim_free(compl_orig_text);
7060     compl_orig_text = NULL;
7061 # endif
7062 }
7063 #endif
7064 
7065 /*
7066  * Add character "c" to buffer "s".  Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
7067  * and CSI.  Handle multi-byte characters.
7068  * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
7069  */
7070     char_u *
7071 add_char2buf(int c, char_u *s)
7072 {
7073 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7074     char_u	temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7075     int		i;
7076     int		len;
7077 
7078     len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
7079     for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
7080     {
7081 	c = temp[i];
7082 #endif
7083 	/* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
7084 	if (c == K_SPECIAL)
7085 	{
7086 	    *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
7087 	    *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
7088 	    *s++ = KE_FILLER;
7089 	}
7090 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7091 	else if (c == CSI)
7092 	{
7093 	    *s++ = CSI;
7094 	    *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
7095 	    *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
7096 	}
7097 #endif
7098 	else
7099 	    *s++ = c;
7100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7101     }
7102 #endif
7103     return s;
7104 }
7105 
7106 /*
7107  * move cursor to start of line
7108  * if flags & BL_WHITE	move to first non-white
7109  * if flags & BL_SOL	move to first non-white if startofline is set,
7110  *			    otherwise keep "curswant" column
7111  * if flags & BL_FIX	don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
7112  */
7113     void
7114 beginline(int flags)
7115 {
7116     if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
7117 	coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
7118     else
7119     {
7120 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7121 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7122 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
7123 #endif
7124 
7125 	if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
7126 	{
7127 	    char_u  *ptr;
7128 
7129 	    for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
7130 			       && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
7131 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
7132 	}
7133 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7134     }
7135 }
7136 
7137 /*
7138  * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
7139  *
7140  * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
7141  * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
7142  * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
7143  */
7144 
7145     int
7146 oneright(void)
7147 {
7148     char_u	*ptr;
7149     int		l;
7150 
7151 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7152     if (virtual_active())
7153     {
7154 	pos_T	prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
7155 
7156 	/* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
7157 	ptr = ml_get_cursor();
7158 	coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
7159 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7160 			    (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
7161 # else
7162 			    *ptr
7163 # endif
7164 			    ))
7165 		    ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
7166 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7167 	/* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
7168 	return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
7169 		    || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
7170     }
7171 #endif
7172 
7173     ptr = ml_get_cursor();
7174     if (*ptr == NUL)
7175 	return FAIL;	    /* already at the very end */
7176 
7177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7178     if (has_mbyte)
7179 	l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
7180     else
7181 #endif
7182 	l = 1;
7183 
7184     /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
7185      * contains "onemore". */
7186     if (ptr[l] == NUL
7187 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7188 	    && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
7189 #endif
7190 	    )
7191 	return FAIL;
7192     curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
7193 
7194     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7195     return OK;
7196 }
7197 
7198     int
7199 oneleft(void)
7200 {
7201 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
7202     if (virtual_active())
7203     {
7204 	int width;
7205 	int v = getviscol();
7206 
7207 	if (v == 0)
7208 	    return FAIL;
7209 
7210 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
7211 	/* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
7212 	width = 1;
7213 	for (;;)
7214 	{
7215 	    coladvance(v - width);
7216 	    /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty,
7217 	     * 'breakindent' is not set and there are no multi-byte
7218 	     * characters */
7219 	    if ((*p_sbr == NUL && !curwin->w_p_bri
7220 #  ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7221 			&& !has_mbyte
7222 #  endif
7223 			) || getviscol() < v)
7224 		break;
7225 	    ++width;
7226 	}
7227 # else
7228 	coladvance(v - 1);
7229 # endif
7230 
7231 	if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
7232 	{
7233 	    char_u *ptr;
7234 
7235 	    /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
7236 	    ptr = ml_get_cursor();
7237 	    if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
7238 #  ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7239 			    (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
7240 #  else
7241 			    *ptr
7242 #  endif
7243 			    ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
7244 		curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
7245 	}
7246 
7247 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7248 	return OK;
7249     }
7250 #endif
7251 
7252     if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
7253 	return FAIL;
7254 
7255     curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
7256     --curwin->w_cursor.col;
7257 
7258 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7259     /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
7260      * character, move to its first byte */
7261     if (has_mbyte)
7262 	mb_adjust_cursor();
7263 #endif
7264     return OK;
7265 }
7266 
7267     int
7268 cursor_up(
7269     long	n,
7270     int		upd_topline)	    /* When TRUE: update topline */
7271 {
7272     linenr_T	lnum;
7273 
7274     if (n > 0)
7275     {
7276 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7277 	/* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
7278 	 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
7279 	if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
7280 	    return FAIL;
7281 	if (n >= lnum)
7282 	    lnum = 1;
7283 	else
7284 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7285 	    if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
7286 	{
7287 	    /*
7288 	     * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
7289 	     */
7290 	    /* go to the start of the current fold */
7291 	    (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
7292 
7293 	    while (n--)
7294 	    {
7295 		/* move up one line */
7296 		--lnum;
7297 		if (lnum <= 1)
7298 		    break;
7299 		/* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
7300 		 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
7301 		 * in a moment. */
7302 		if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
7303 		    (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
7304 	    }
7305 	    if (lnum < 1)
7306 		lnum = 1;
7307 	}
7308 	else
7309 #endif
7310 	    lnum -= n;
7311 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
7312     }
7313 
7314     /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
7315     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
7316 
7317     if (upd_topline)
7318 	update_topline();	/* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
7319 
7320     return OK;
7321 }
7322 
7323 /*
7324  * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
7325  */
7326     int
7327 cursor_down(
7328     long	n,
7329     int		upd_topline)	    /* When TRUE: update topline */
7330 {
7331     linenr_T	lnum;
7332 
7333     if (n > 0)
7334     {
7335 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7336 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7337 	/* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
7338 	(void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
7339 #endif
7340 	/* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
7341 	 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
7342 	if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7343 		|| (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7344 		    && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
7345 	    return FAIL;
7346 	if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7347 	    lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
7348 	else
7349 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
7350 	if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
7351 	{
7352 	    linenr_T	last;
7353 
7354 	    /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
7355 	    while (n--)
7356 	    {
7357 		if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
7358 		    lnum = last + 1;
7359 		else
7360 		    ++lnum;
7361 		if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7362 		    break;
7363 	    }
7364 	    if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
7365 		lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
7366 	}
7367 	else
7368 #endif
7369 	    lnum += n;
7370 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
7371     }
7372 
7373     /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
7374     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
7375 
7376     if (upd_topline)
7377 	update_topline();	/* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
7378 
7379     return OK;
7380 }
7381 
7382 /*
7383  * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
7384  * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
7385  * first have to remove the command.
7386  */
7387     int
7388 stuff_inserted(
7389     int	    c,		/* Command character to be inserted */
7390     long    count,	/* Repeat this many times */
7391     int	    no_esc)	/* Don't add an ESC at the end */
7392 {
7393     char_u	*esc_ptr;
7394     char_u	*ptr;
7395     char_u	*last_ptr;
7396     char_u	last = NUL;
7397 
7398     ptr = get_last_insert();
7399     if (ptr == NULL)
7400     {
7401 	EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
7402 	return FAIL;
7403     }
7404 
7405     /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
7406     if (c != NUL)
7407 	stuffcharReadbuff(c);
7408     if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
7409 	*esc_ptr = NUL;	    /* remove the ESC */
7410 
7411     /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
7412      * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
7413      * starts with ^D.	-- Acevedo
7414      */
7415     last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
7416     if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
7417 	    && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
7418     {
7419 	last = *last_ptr;
7420 	*last_ptr = NUL;
7421     }
7422 
7423     do
7424     {
7425 	stuffReadbuff(ptr);
7426 	/* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
7427 	if (last)
7428 	    stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
7429 			? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
7430 			: IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
7431     }
7432     while (--count > 0);
7433 
7434     if (last)
7435 	*last_ptr = last;
7436 
7437     if (esc_ptr != NULL)
7438 	*esc_ptr = ESC;	    /* put the ESC back */
7439 
7440     /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
7441     if (!no_esc)
7442 	stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
7443 
7444     return OK;
7445 }
7446 
7447     char_u *
7448 get_last_insert(void)
7449 {
7450     if (last_insert == NULL)
7451 	return NULL;
7452     return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
7453 }
7454 
7455 /*
7456  * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
7457  * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
7458  */
7459     char_u *
7460 get_last_insert_save(void)
7461 {
7462     char_u	*s;
7463     int		len;
7464 
7465     if (last_insert == NULL)
7466 	return NULL;
7467     s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
7468     if (s != NULL)
7469     {
7470 	len = (int)STRLEN(s);
7471 	if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC)	/* remove trailing ESC */
7472 	    s[len - 1] = NUL;
7473     }
7474     return s;
7475 }
7476 
7477 /*
7478  * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
7479  * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
7480  * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
7481  * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
7482  */
7483     static int
7484 echeck_abbr(int c)
7485 {
7486     /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
7487      * after moving around with cursor keys. */
7488     if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
7489 	return FALSE;
7490 
7491     return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
7492 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
7493 }
7494 
7495 /*
7496  * replace-stack functions
7497  *
7498  * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
7499  * new character.  This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
7500  *
7501  * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
7502  * currently in the file after the insertion point.  When BS is used, one NUL
7503  * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
7504  *
7505  * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists.  One contains the characters
7506  * that the NL replaced.  The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
7507  * that were deleted (always white space).
7508  *
7509  * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
7510  * character at the end of the stack.  If replace_offset is not 0, that many
7511  * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
7512  */
7513 
7514 static char_u	*replace_stack = NULL;
7515 static long	replace_stack_nr = 0;	    /* next entry in replace stack */
7516 static long	replace_stack_len = 0;	    /* max. number of entries */
7517 
7518     void
7519 replace_push(
7520     int	    c)	    /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
7521 {
7522     char_u  *p;
7523 
7524     if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset)	/* nothing to do */
7525 	return;
7526     if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
7527     {
7528 	replace_stack_len += 50;
7529 	p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
7530 	if (p == NULL)	    /* out of memory */
7531 	{
7532 	    replace_stack_len -= 50;
7533 	    return;
7534 	}
7535 	if (replace_stack != NULL)
7536 	{
7537 	    mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
7538 				 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
7539 	    vim_free(replace_stack);
7540 	}
7541 	replace_stack = p;
7542     }
7543     p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
7544     if (replace_offset)
7545 	mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
7546     *p = c;
7547     ++replace_stack_nr;
7548 }
7549 
7550 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
7551 /*
7552  * Push a character onto the replace stack.  Handles a multi-byte character in
7553  * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
7554  * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
7555  */
7556     int
7557 replace_push_mb(char_u *p)
7558 {
7559     int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
7560     int j;
7561 
7562     for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
7563 	replace_push(p[j]);
7564     return l;
7565 }
7566 #endif
7567 
7568 /*
7569  * Pop one item from the replace stack.
7570  * return -1 if stack empty
7571  * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
7572  */
7573     static int
7574 replace_pop(void)
7575 {
7576     if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
7577 	return -1;
7578     return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
7579 }
7580 
7581 /*
7582  * Join the top two items on the replace stack.  This removes to "off"'th NUL
7583  * encountered.
7584  */
7585     static void
7586 replace_join(
7587     int	    off)	/* offset for which NUL to remove */
7588 {
7589     int	    i;
7590 
7591     for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
7592 	if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
7593 	{
7594 	    --replace_stack_nr;
7595 	    mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
7596 					      (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
7597 	    return;
7598 	}
7599 }
7600 
7601 /*
7602  * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
7603  * before the cursor.  Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
7604  */
7605     static void
7606 replace_pop_ins(void)
7607 {
7608     int	    cc;
7609     int	    oldState = State;
7610 
7611     State = NORMAL;			/* don't want REPLACE here */
7612     while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
7613     {
7614 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7615 	mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
7616 #else
7617 	ins_char(cc);
7618 #endif
7619 	dec_cursor();
7620     }
7621     State = oldState;
7622 }
7623 
7624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7625 /*
7626  * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte.  If it
7627  * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
7628  */
7629     static void
7630 mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc)
7631 {
7632     int		n;
7633     char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
7634     int		i;
7635     int		c;
7636 
7637     if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
7638     {
7639 	buf[0] = cc;
7640 	for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7641 	    buf[i] = replace_pop();
7642 	ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7643     }
7644     else
7645 	ins_char(cc);
7646 
7647     if (enc_utf8)
7648 	/* Handle composing chars. */
7649 	for (;;)
7650 	{
7651 	    c = replace_pop();
7652 	    if (c == -1)	    /* stack empty */
7653 		break;
7654 	    if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
7655 	    {
7656 		/* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
7657 		replace_push(c);
7658 		break;
7659 	    }
7660 	    else
7661 	    {
7662 		buf[0] = c;
7663 		for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
7664 		    buf[i] = replace_pop();
7665 		if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
7666 		    ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
7667 		else
7668 		{
7669 		    /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
7670 		    for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
7671 			replace_push(buf[i]);
7672 		    break;
7673 		}
7674 	    }
7675 	}
7676 }
7677 #endif
7678 
7679 /*
7680  * make the replace stack empty
7681  * (called when exiting replace mode)
7682  */
7683     static void
7684 replace_flush(void)
7685 {
7686     vim_free(replace_stack);
7687     replace_stack = NULL;
7688     replace_stack_len = 0;
7689     replace_stack_nr = 0;
7690 }
7691 
7692 /*
7693  * Handle doing a BS for one character.
7694  * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
7695  * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
7696  * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
7697  * and check for more characters to be put back
7698  * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column.  Matters when
7699  * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char().
7700  */
7701     static void
7702 replace_do_bs(int limit_col)
7703 {
7704     int		cc;
7705 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7706     int		orig_len = 0;
7707     int		ins_len;
7708     int		orig_vcols = 0;
7709     colnr_T	start_vcol;
7710     char_u	*p;
7711     int		i;
7712     int		vcol;
7713 #endif
7714 
7715     cc = replace_pop();
7716     if (cc > 0)
7717     {
7718 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7719 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7720 	{
7721 	    /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
7722 	     * going to delete. */
7723 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
7724 	    orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
7725 	}
7726 #endif
7727 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7728 	if (has_mbyte)
7729 	{
7730 	    (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
7731 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7732 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7733 		orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
7734 # endif
7735 	    replace_push(cc);
7736 	}
7737 	else
7738 #endif
7739 	{
7740 	    pchar_cursor(cc);
7741 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7742 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7743 		orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
7744 #endif
7745 	}
7746 	replace_pop_ins();
7747 
7748 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
7749 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
7750 	{
7751 	    /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
7752 	    p = ml_get_cursor();
7753 	    ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
7754 	    vcol = start_vcol;
7755 	    for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
7756 	    {
7757 		vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
7758 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7759 		i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
7760 #endif
7761 	    }
7762 	    vcol -= start_vcol;
7763 
7764 	    /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
7765 	     * text aligned. */
7766 	    curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
7767 	    while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
7768 	    {
7769 		del_char(FALSE);
7770 		++orig_vcols;
7771 	    }
7772 	    curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
7773 	}
7774 #endif
7775 
7776 	/* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
7777 	changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
7778     }
7779     else if (cc == 0)
7780 	(void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
7781 }
7782 
7783 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7784 /*
7785  * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
7786  */
7787     static int
7788 cindent_on(void)
7789 {
7790     return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
7791 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7792 		    || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
7793 # endif
7794 		    ));
7795 }
7796 #endif
7797 
7798 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
7799 /*
7800  * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
7801  * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
7802  * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
7803  * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
7804  */
7805 
7806     void
7807 fixthisline(int (*get_the_indent)(void))
7808 {
7809     int amount = get_the_indent();
7810 
7811     if (amount >= 0)
7812     {
7813 	change_indent(INDENT_SET, amount, FALSE, 0, TRUE);
7814 	if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7815 	    did_ai = TRUE;	/* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
7816     }
7817 }
7818 
7819     void
7820 fix_indent(void)
7821 {
7822     if (p_paste)
7823 	return;
7824 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
7825     if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
7826 	fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
7827 # endif
7828 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
7829     else
7830 # endif
7831 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7832 	if (cindent_on())
7833 	    do_c_expr_indent();
7834 # endif
7835 }
7836 
7837 #endif
7838 
7839 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
7840 /*
7841  * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
7842  * when == '*':	    Only if key is preceded with '*'	(indent before insert)
7843  * when == '!':	    Only if key is preceded with '!'	(don't insert)
7844  * when == ' ':	    Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
7845  *
7846  * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
7847  * KEY_OPEN_FORW
7848  * KEY_OPEN_BACK
7849  * KEY_COMPLETE	    just finished completion.
7850  *
7851  * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
7852  */
7853     int
7854 in_cinkeys(
7855     int		keytyped,
7856     int		when,
7857     int		line_is_empty)
7858 {
7859     char_u	*look;
7860     int		try_match;
7861     int		try_match_word;
7862     char_u	*p;
7863     char_u	*line;
7864     int		icase;
7865     int		i;
7866 
7867     if (keytyped == NUL)
7868 	/* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */
7869 	return FALSE;
7870 
7871 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
7872     if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
7873 	look = curbuf->b_p_indk;	/* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
7874     else
7875 #endif
7876 	look = curbuf->b_p_cink;	/* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
7877     while (*look)
7878     {
7879 	/*
7880 	 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
7881 	 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
7882 	 */
7883 	switch (when)
7884 	{
7885 	    case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
7886 	    case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
7887 	     default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
7888 	}
7889 	if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
7890 	    ++look;
7891 
7892 	/*
7893 	 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
7894 	 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
7895 	 */
7896 	if (*look == '0')
7897 	{
7898 	    try_match_word = try_match;
7899 	    if (!line_is_empty)
7900 		try_match = FALSE;
7901 	    ++look;
7902 	}
7903 	else
7904 	    try_match_word = FALSE;
7905 
7906 	/*
7907 	 * does it look like a control character?
7908 	 */
7909 	if (*look == '^'
7910 #ifdef EBCDIC
7911 		&& (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
7912 #else
7913 		&& look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
7914 #endif
7915 		)
7916 	{
7917 	    if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
7918 		return TRUE;
7919 	    look += 2;
7920 	}
7921 	/*
7922 	 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
7923 	 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
7924 	 */
7925 	else if (*look == 'o')
7926 	{
7927 	    if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
7928 		return TRUE;
7929 	    ++look;
7930 	}
7931 	else if (*look == 'O')
7932 	{
7933 	    if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
7934 		return TRUE;
7935 	    ++look;
7936 	}
7937 
7938 	/*
7939 	 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
7940 	 * cursor.
7941 	 */
7942 	else if (*look == 'e')
7943 	{
7944 	    if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
7945 	    {
7946 		p = ml_get_curline();
7947 		if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
7948 			STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
7949 		    return TRUE;
7950 	    }
7951 	    ++look;
7952 	}
7953 
7954 	/*
7955 	 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
7956 	 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
7957 	 * class::method for C++).
7958 	 */
7959 	else if (*look == ':')
7960 	{
7961 	    if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
7962 	    {
7963 		p = ml_get_curline();
7964 		if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel())
7965 		    return TRUE;
7966 		/* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
7967 		p = ml_get_curline();
7968 		if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
7969 			&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
7970 			&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
7971 		{
7972 		    p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
7973 		    i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
7974 							    || cin_islabel());
7975 		    p = ml_get_curline();
7976 		    p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
7977 		    if (i)
7978 			return TRUE;
7979 		}
7980 	    }
7981 	    ++look;
7982 	}
7983 
7984 
7985 	/*
7986 	 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
7987 	 */
7988 	else if (*look == '<')
7989 	{
7990 	    if (try_match)
7991 	    {
7992 		/*
7993 		 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
7994 		 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
7995 		 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
7996 		 */
7997 		if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
7998 						       && keytyped == look[1])
7999 		    return TRUE;
8000 
8001 		if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
8002 		    return TRUE;
8003 	    }
8004 	    while (*look && *look != '>')
8005 		look++;
8006 	    while (*look == '>')
8007 		look++;
8008 	}
8009 
8010 	/*
8011 	 * Is it a word: "=word"?
8012 	 */
8013 	else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
8014 	{
8015 	    ++look;
8016 	    if (*look == '~')
8017 	    {
8018 		icase = TRUE;
8019 		++look;
8020 	    }
8021 	    else
8022 		icase = FALSE;
8023 	    p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
8024 	    if (p == NULL)
8025 		p = look + STRLEN(look);
8026 	    if ((try_match || try_match_word)
8027 		    && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
8028 	    {
8029 		int		match = FALSE;
8030 
8031 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8032 		if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
8033 		{
8034 		    char_u	*s;
8035 
8036 		    /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
8037 		     * search back for the start of a word. */
8038 		    line = ml_get_curline();
8039 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8040 		    if (has_mbyte)
8041 		    {
8042 			char_u	*n;
8043 
8044 			for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
8045 			{
8046 			    n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
8047 			    if (!vim_iswordp(n))
8048 				break;
8049 			}
8050 		    }
8051 		    else
8052 # endif
8053 			for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
8054 			    if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
8055 				break;
8056 		    if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
8057 			    && (icase
8058 				? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
8059 				: STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
8060 			match = TRUE;
8061 		}
8062 		else
8063 #endif
8064 		    /* TODO: multi-byte */
8065 		    if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
8066 			 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
8067 		{
8068 		    line = ml_get_cursor();
8069 		    if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
8070 				|| !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
8071 			    && (icase
8072 				? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
8073 				: STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
8074 									 == 0)
8075 			match = TRUE;
8076 		}
8077 		if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
8078 		{
8079 		    /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
8080 		     * word. */
8081 		    line = ml_get_curline();
8082 		    if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
8083 				     (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
8084 			match = FALSE;
8085 		}
8086 		if (match)
8087 		    return TRUE;
8088 	    }
8089 	    look = p;
8090 	}
8091 
8092 	/*
8093 	 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
8094 	 */
8095 	else
8096 	{
8097 	    if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
8098 		return TRUE;
8099 	    ++look;
8100 	}
8101 
8102 	/*
8103 	 * Skip over ", ".
8104 	 */
8105 	look = skip_to_option_part(look);
8106     }
8107     return FALSE;
8108 }
8109 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8110 
8111 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
8112 /*
8113  * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
8114  */
8115     int
8116 hkmap(int c)
8117 {
8118     if (p_hkmapp)   /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
8119     {
8120 	enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
8121 	    KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
8122 	    PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
8123 	static char_u map[26] =
8124 	    {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET  /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF    /*c*/,
8125 	     (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1   /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
8126 	     (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI  /*h*/, (char_u)IUD     /*i*/,
8127 	     (char_u)HET  /*j*/, (char_u)KOF  /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED   /*l*/,
8128 	     (char_u)MEM  /*m*/, (char_u)NUN  /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH   /*o*/,
8129 	     (char_u)PEI  /*p*/, (char_u)-1   /*q*/, (char_u)RESH    /*r*/,
8130 	     (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV  /*t*/, (char_u)TET     /*u*/,
8131 	     (char_u)VAV  /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1      /*x*/,
8132 	     (char_u)AIN  /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
8133 
8134 	if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
8135 	    return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
8136 							    /* '-1'='sofit' */
8137 	else if (c == 'x')
8138 	    return 'X';
8139 	else if (c == 'q')
8140 	    return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
8141 	else if (c == 246)
8142 	    return ' ';  /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
8143 	else if (c == 228)
8144 	    return ' ';  /* \"a --> ' '      -- / --	       */
8145 	else if (c == 252)
8146 	    return ' ';  /* \"u --> ' '      -- / --	       */
8147 #ifdef EBCDIC
8148 	else if (islower(c))
8149 #else
8150 	/* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
8151 	 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
8152 	 * all systems.  Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
8153 	 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
8154 	 */
8155 	else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
8156 #endif
8157 	    return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
8158 	else
8159 	    return c;
8160     }
8161     else
8162     {
8163 	switch (c)
8164 	{
8165 	    case '`':	return ';';
8166 	    case '/':	return '.';
8167 	    case '\'':	return ',';
8168 	    case 'q':	return '/';
8169 	    case 'w':	return '\'';
8170 
8171 			/* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
8172 	    case ',':	c = '{'; break;
8173 	    case '.':	c = 'v'; break;
8174 	    case ';':	c = 't'; break;
8175 	    default: {
8176 			 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
8177 
8178 #ifdef EBCDIC
8179 			 /* see note about islower() above */
8180 			 if (!islower(c))
8181 #else
8182 			 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
8183 #endif
8184 			     return c;
8185 			 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
8186 			 break;
8187 		     }
8188 	}
8189 
8190 	return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
8191     }
8192 }
8193 #endif
8194 
8195     static void
8196 ins_reg(void)
8197 {
8198     int		need_redraw = FALSE;
8199     int		regname;
8200     int		literally = 0;
8201     int		vis_active = VIsual_active;
8202 
8203     /*
8204      * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
8205      */
8206     pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
8207     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
8208     {
8209 	/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
8210 	ins_redraw(FALSE);
8211 
8212 	edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
8213 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8214 	add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
8215 #endif
8216     }
8217 
8218 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
8219     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
8220 #endif
8221 
8222     /*
8223      * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
8224      * deleted when ESC is hit.
8225      */
8226     ++no_mapping;
8227     regname = plain_vgetc();
8228     LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
8229     if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
8230     {
8231 	/* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
8232 	literally = regname;
8233 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8234 	add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
8235 #endif
8236 	regname = plain_vgetc();
8237 	LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
8238     }
8239     --no_mapping;
8240 
8241 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8242     /* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error
8243      * message for it. Only call it explicitly. */
8244     ++no_u_sync;
8245     if (regname == '=')
8246     {
8247 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
8248 	int	im_on = im_get_status();
8249 # endif
8250 	/* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or
8251 	 * append(), so that it can be undone separately. */
8252 	u_sync_once = 2;
8253 
8254 	regname = get_expr_register();
8255 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
8256 	/* Restore the Input Method. */
8257 	if (im_on)
8258 	    im_set_active(TRUE);
8259 # endif
8260     }
8261     if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
8262     {
8263 	vim_beep(BO_REG);
8264 	need_redraw = TRUE;	/* remove the '"' */
8265     }
8266     else
8267     {
8268 #endif
8269 	if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
8270 	{
8271 	    /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
8272 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
8273 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
8274 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
8275 
8276 	    do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
8277 		 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
8278 	}
8279 	else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
8280 	{
8281 	    vim_beep(BO_REG);
8282 	    need_redraw = TRUE;	/* remove the '"' */
8283 	}
8284 	else if (stop_insert_mode)
8285 	    /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
8286 	     * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
8287 	     * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
8288 	    need_redraw = TRUE;
8289 
8290 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8291     }
8292     --no_u_sync;
8293     if (u_sync_once == 1)
8294 	ins_need_undo = TRUE;
8295     u_sync_once = 0;
8296 #endif
8297 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
8298     clear_showcmd();
8299 #endif
8300 
8301     /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
8302     if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
8303 	edit_unputchar();
8304 
8305     /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
8306     if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
8307 	end_visual_mode();
8308 }
8309 
8310 /*
8311  * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
8312  */
8313     static void
8314 ins_ctrl_g(void)
8315 {
8316     int		c;
8317 
8318 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8319     /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
8320     setcursor();
8321 #endif
8322 
8323     /*
8324      * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
8325      * deleted when ESC is hit.
8326      */
8327     ++no_mapping;
8328     c = plain_vgetc();
8329     --no_mapping;
8330     switch (c)
8331     {
8332 	/* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
8333 	case K_UP:
8334 	case Ctrl_K:
8335 	case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
8336 		  break;
8337 
8338 	/* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
8339 	case K_DOWN:
8340 	case Ctrl_J:
8341 	case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
8342 		  break;
8343 
8344 	/* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
8345 	case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
8346 		  ins_need_undo = TRUE;
8347 
8348 		  /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
8349 		   * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
8350 		  update_Insstart_orig = FALSE;
8351 		  Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
8352 		  break;
8353 
8354 	/* CTRL-G U: do not break undo with the next char */
8355 	case 'U':
8356 		  /* Allow one left/right cursor movement with the next char,
8357 		   * without breaking undo. */
8358 		  dont_sync_undo = MAYBE;
8359 		  break;
8360 
8361 	/* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
8362 	default:  vim_beep(BO_CTRLG);
8363     }
8364 }
8365 
8366 /*
8367  * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
8368  */
8369     static void
8370 ins_ctrl_hat(void)
8371 {
8372     if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
8373     {
8374 	/* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
8375 	if (State & LANGMAP)
8376 	{
8377 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
8378 	    State &= ~LANGMAP;
8379 	}
8380 	else
8381 	{
8382 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
8383 	    State |= LANGMAP;
8384 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
8385 	    im_set_active(FALSE);
8386 #endif
8387 	}
8388     }
8389 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
8390     else
8391     {
8392 	/* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
8393 	if (im_get_status())
8394 	{
8395 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
8396 	    im_set_active(FALSE);
8397 	}
8398 	else
8399 	{
8400 	    curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
8401 	    State &= ~LANGMAP;
8402 	    im_set_active(TRUE);
8403 	}
8404     }
8405 #endif
8406     set_iminsert_global();
8407     showmode();
8408 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8409     /* may show different cursor shape or color */
8410     if (gui.in_use)
8411 	gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
8412 #endif
8413 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
8414     /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
8415     status_redraw_curbuf();
8416 #endif
8417 }
8418 
8419 /*
8420  * Handle ESC in insert mode.
8421  * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
8422  * insert.
8423  */
8424     static int
8425 ins_esc(
8426     long	*count,
8427     int		cmdchar,
8428     int		nomove)	    /* don't move cursor */
8429 {
8430     int		temp;
8431     static int	disabled_redraw = FALSE;
8432 
8433 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
8434     check_spell_redraw();
8435 #endif
8436 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
8437 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
8438     hangul_input_state_set(0);
8439 # endif
8440     if (composing_hangul)
8441     {
8442 	push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
8443 	composing_hangul = 0;
8444     }
8445 #endif
8446 
8447     temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8448     if (disabled_redraw)
8449     {
8450 	--RedrawingDisabled;
8451 	disabled_redraw = FALSE;
8452     }
8453     if (!arrow_used)
8454     {
8455 	/*
8456 	 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
8457 	 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode.  Needed for
8458 	 * when "count" is non-zero.
8459 	 */
8460 	if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
8461 	    AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
8462 
8463 	/*
8464 	 * Repeating insert may take a long time.  Check for
8465 	 * interrupt now and then.
8466 	 */
8467 	if (*count > 0)
8468 	{
8469 	    line_breakcheck();
8470 	    if (got_int)
8471 		*count = 0;
8472 	}
8473 
8474 	if (--*count > 0)	/* repeat what was typed */
8475 	{
8476 	    /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
8477 	    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
8478 		State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
8479 
8480 	    (void)start_redo_ins();
8481 	    if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
8482 		stuffRedoReadbuff(ESC_STR);	/* no ESC in redo buffer */
8483 	    ++RedrawingDisabled;
8484 	    disabled_redraw = TRUE;
8485 	    return FALSE;	/* repeat the insert */
8486 	}
8487 	stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove);
8488 	undisplay_dollar();
8489     }
8490 
8491     /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
8492      * indent */
8493     if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
8494 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
8495 
8496     /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
8497     if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
8498 	curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
8499 
8500     /*
8501      * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
8502      * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
8503      */
8504     if (!nomove
8505 	    && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
8506 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8507 		|| curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
8508 #endif
8509 	       )
8510 	    && (restart_edit == NUL
8511 		   || (gchar_cursor() == NUL && !VIsual_active))
8512 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8513 	    && !revins_on
8514 #endif
8515 				      )
8516     {
8517 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8518 	if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
8519 	{
8520 	    oneleft();
8521 	    if (restart_edit != NUL)
8522 		++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
8523 	}
8524 	else
8525 #endif
8526 	{
8527 	    --curwin->w_cursor.col;
8528 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8529 	    /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
8530 	    if (has_mbyte)
8531 		mb_adjust_cursor();
8532 #endif
8533 	}
8534     }
8535 
8536 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
8537     /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
8538      * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
8539      * well). */
8540     if (!(State & LANGMAP))
8541 	im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
8542     im_set_active(FALSE);
8543 #endif
8544 
8545     State = NORMAL;
8546     /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
8547     changed_cline_bef_curs();
8548 
8549 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
8550     setmouse();
8551 #endif
8552 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8553     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
8554 #endif
8555 
8556     /*
8557      * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
8558      * Otherwise remove the mode message.
8559      */
8560     if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
8561 	showmode();
8562     else if (p_smd)
8563 	MSG("");
8564 
8565     return TRUE;	    /* exit Insert mode */
8566 }
8567 
8568 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8569 /*
8570  * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
8571  * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
8572  */
8573     static void
8574 ins_ctrl_(void)
8575 {
8576     if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
8577     {
8578 	while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
8579 	    ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
8580     }
8581     p_ri = !p_ri;
8582     revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
8583     if (revins_on)
8584     {
8585 	revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8586 	revins_legal++;
8587 	revins_chars = 0;
8588 	undisplay_dollar();
8589     }
8590     else
8591 	revins_scol = -1;
8592 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8593     if (p_altkeymap)
8594     {
8595 	/*
8596 	 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
8597 	 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
8598 	 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
8599 	 */
8600 	arrow_used = TRUE;
8601 	(void)stop_arrow();
8602 	p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
8603 	if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8604 	    State = INSERT;
8605     }
8606     else
8607 #endif
8608 	p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;    /* be consistent! */
8609     showmode();
8610 }
8611 #endif
8612 
8613 /*
8614  * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
8615  * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
8616  */
8617     static int
8618 ins_start_select(int c)
8619 {
8620     if (km_startsel)
8621 	switch (c)
8622 	{
8623 	    case K_KHOME:
8624 	    case K_KEND:
8625 	    case K_PAGEUP:
8626 	    case K_KPAGEUP:
8627 	    case K_PAGEDOWN:
8628 	    case K_KPAGEDOWN:
8629 # ifdef MACOS
8630 	    case K_LEFT:
8631 	    case K_RIGHT:
8632 	    case K_UP:
8633 	    case K_DOWN:
8634 	    case K_END:
8635 	    case K_HOME:
8636 # endif
8637 		if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
8638 		    break;
8639 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
8640 	    case K_S_LEFT:
8641 	    case K_S_RIGHT:
8642 	    case K_S_UP:
8643 	    case K_S_DOWN:
8644 	    case K_S_END:
8645 	    case K_S_HOME:
8646 		/* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
8647 		 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
8648 		start_selection();
8649 
8650 		/* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
8651 		stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
8652 		if (mod_mask)
8653 		{
8654 		    char_u	    buf[4];
8655 
8656 		    buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
8657 		    buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
8658 		    buf[2] = mod_mask;
8659 		    buf[3] = NUL;
8660 		    stuffReadbuff(buf);
8661 		}
8662 		stuffcharReadbuff(c);
8663 		return TRUE;
8664 	}
8665     return FALSE;
8666 }
8667 
8668 /*
8669  * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode.
8670  */
8671     static void
8672 ins_insert(int replaceState)
8673 {
8674 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
8675     if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
8676     {
8677 	beep_flush();
8678 	EMSG(farsi_text_3);	/* encoded in Farsi */
8679 	return;
8680     }
8681 #endif
8682 
8683 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
8684 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
8685     set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
8686 		   (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
8687 #  ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8688 			    replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
8689 #  endif
8690 			    "r"), 1);
8691 # endif
8692     apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
8693 #endif
8694     if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8695 	State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
8696     else
8697 	State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
8698     AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
8699     showmode();
8700 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
8701     ui_cursor_shape();		/* may show different cursor shape */
8702 #endif
8703 }
8704 
8705 /*
8706  * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
8707  */
8708     static void
8709 ins_ctrl_o(void)
8710 {
8711 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8712     if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8713 	restart_edit = 'V';
8714     else
8715 #endif
8716 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8717 	restart_edit = 'R';
8718     else
8719 	restart_edit = 'I';
8720 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8721     if (virtual_active())
8722 	ins_at_eol = FALSE;	/* cursor always keeps its column */
8723     else
8724 #endif
8725 	ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
8726 }
8727 
8728 /*
8729  * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
8730  * shiftwidth.	Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
8731  * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible
8732  * with vi.  But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
8733  * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
8734  */
8735     static void
8736 ins_shift(int c, int lastc)
8737 {
8738     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8739 	return;
8740     AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
8741 
8742     /*
8743      * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
8744      */
8745     if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
8746 						  && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
8747     {
8748 	--curwin->w_cursor.col;
8749 	(void)del_char(FALSE);		/* delete the '^' or '0' */
8750 	/* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
8751 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8752 	    replace_pop_ins();
8753 	if (lastc == '^')
8754 	    old_indent = get_indent();	/* remember curr. indent */
8755 	change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8756     }
8757     else
8758 	change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
8759 
8760     if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
8761 	did_ai = FALSE;
8762 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8763     did_si = FALSE;
8764     can_si = FALSE;
8765     can_si_back = FALSE;
8766 #endif
8767 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8768     can_cindent = FALSE;	/* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
8769 #endif
8770 }
8771 
8772     static void
8773 ins_del(void)
8774 {
8775     int	    temp;
8776 
8777     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8778 	return;
8779     if (gchar_cursor() == NUL)		/* delete newline */
8780     {
8781 	temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8782 	if (!can_bs(BS_EOL)		/* only if "eol" included */
8783 		|| do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
8784 	    vim_beep(BO_BS);
8785 	else
8786 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
8787     }
8788     else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL)  /* delete char under cursor */
8789 	vim_beep(BO_BS);
8790     did_ai = FALSE;
8791 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
8792     did_si = FALSE;
8793     can_si = FALSE;
8794     can_si_back = FALSE;
8795 #endif
8796     AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
8797 }
8798 
8799 static void ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp);
8800 
8801 /*
8802  * Delete one character for ins_bs().
8803  */
8804     static void
8805 ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp)
8806 {
8807     dec_cursor();
8808     getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
8809     if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8810     {
8811 	/* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
8812 	 * Replace mode */
8813 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
8814 		|| curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
8815 	    replace_do_bs(-1);
8816     }
8817     else
8818 	(void)del_char(FALSE);
8819 }
8820 
8821 /*
8822  * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
8823  * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
8824  */
8825     static int
8826 ins_bs(
8827     int		c,
8828     int		mode,
8829     int		*inserted_space_p)
8830 {
8831     linenr_T	lnum;
8832     int		cc;
8833     int		temp = 0;	    /* init for GCC */
8834     colnr_T	save_col;
8835     colnr_T	mincol;
8836     int		did_backspace = FALSE;
8837     int		in_indent;
8838     int		oldState;
8839 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8840     int		cpc[MAX_MCO];	    /* composing characters */
8841 #endif
8842 
8843     /*
8844      * can't delete anything in an empty file
8845      * can't backup past first character in buffer
8846      * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
8847      * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
8848      */
8849     if (       bufempty()
8850 	    || (
8851 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8852 		!revins_on &&
8853 #endif
8854 		((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8855 		    || (!can_bs(BS_START)
8856 			&& (arrow_used
8857 			    || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum
8858 				&& curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart_orig.col)))
8859 		    || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
8860 					 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
8861 		    || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
8862     {
8863 	vim_beep(BO_BS);
8864 	return FALSE;
8865     }
8866 
8867     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
8868 	return FALSE;
8869     in_indent = inindent(0);
8870 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
8871     if (in_indent)
8872 	can_cindent = FALSE;
8873 #endif
8874 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
8875     end_comment_pending = NUL;	/* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
8876 #endif
8877 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8878     if (revins_on)	    /* put cursor after last inserted char */
8879 	inc_cursor();
8880 #endif
8881 
8882 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
8883     /* Virtualedit:
8884      *	BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
8885      *	BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
8886      *	BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
8887      */
8888     if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
8889     {
8890 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
8891 	{
8892 	    --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
8893 	    return TRUE;
8894 	}
8895 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
8896 	{
8897 	    curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8898 	    return TRUE;
8899 	}
8900 	curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
8901     }
8902 #endif
8903 
8904     /*
8905      * delete newline!
8906      */
8907     if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
8908     {
8909 	lnum = Insstart.lnum;
8910 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
8911 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8912 			|| revins_on
8913 #endif
8914 				    )
8915 	{
8916 	    if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
8917 			       (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
8918 		return FALSE;
8919 	    --Insstart.lnum;
8920 	    Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
8921 	}
8922 	/*
8923 	 * In replace mode:
8924 	 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
8925 	 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
8926 	 */
8927 	cc = -1;
8928 	if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8929 	    cc = replace_pop();	    /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
8930 	/*
8931 	 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
8932 	 * cursor.
8933 	 */
8934 	if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
8935 	{
8936 	    dec_cursor();
8937 	}
8938 	else
8939 	{
8940 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8941 	    if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8942 				   || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
8943 #endif
8944 	    {
8945 		temp = gchar_cursor();	/* remember current char */
8946 		--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
8947 
8948 		/* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
8949 		 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
8950 		 * again when auto-formatting. */
8951 		if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
8952 					   && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
8953 		{
8954 		    char_u  *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
8955 									TRUE);
8956 		    int	    len;
8957 
8958 		    len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
8959 		    if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
8960 			ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
8961 		}
8962 
8963 		(void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
8964 		if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
8965 		    inc_cursor();
8966 	    }
8967 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8968 	    else
8969 		dec_cursor();
8970 #endif
8971 
8972 	    /*
8973 	     * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
8974 	     * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
8975 	     * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
8976 	     * characters that NL replaced.
8977 	     */
8978 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8979 	    {
8980 		/*
8981 		 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
8982 		 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
8983 		 * avoiding showmatch().
8984 		 */
8985 		oldState = State;
8986 		State = NORMAL;
8987 		/*
8988 		 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
8989 		 */
8990 		while (cc > 0)
8991 		{
8992 		    save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
8993 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8994 		    mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
8995 #else
8996 		    ins_char(cc);
8997 #endif
8998 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
8999 		    cc = replace_pop();
9000 		}
9001 		/* restore the characters that NL replaced */
9002 		replace_pop_ins();
9003 		State = oldState;
9004 	    }
9005 	}
9006 	did_ai = FALSE;
9007     }
9008     else
9009     {
9010 	/*
9011 	 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
9012 	 */
9013 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9014 	if (revins_on)		/* put cursor on last inserted char */
9015 	    dec_cursor();
9016 #endif
9017 	mincol = 0;
9018 						/* keep indent */
9019 	if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
9020 		&& (curbuf->b_p_ai
9021 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9022 		    || cindent_on()
9023 #endif
9024 		   )
9025 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9026 		&& !revins_on
9027 #endif
9028 			    )
9029 	{
9030 	    save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9031 	    beginline(BL_WHITE);
9032 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col)
9033 		mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9034 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
9035 	}
9036 
9037 	/*
9038 	 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
9039 	 */
9040 	if (	   mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
9041 		&& ((p_sta && in_indent)
9042 		    || (get_sts_value() != 0
9043 			&& curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
9044 			&& (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
9045 			    || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
9046 				&& (!*inserted_space_p
9047 				    || arrow_used))))))
9048 	{
9049 	    int		ts;
9050 	    colnr_T	vcol;
9051 	    colnr_T	want_vcol;
9052 	    colnr_T	start_vcol;
9053 
9054 	    *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
9055 	    if (p_sta && in_indent)
9056 		ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf);
9057 	    else
9058 		ts = (int)get_sts_value();
9059 	    /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be.  Since
9060 	     * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
9061 	     * the previous character. */
9062 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9063 	    start_vcol = vcol;
9064 	    dec_cursor();
9065 	    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
9066 	    inc_cursor();
9067 	    want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
9068 
9069 	    /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
9070 	    while (vcol > want_vcol
9071 		    && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
9072 		ins_bs_one(&vcol);
9073 
9074 	    /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
9075 	    while (vcol < want_vcol)
9076 	    {
9077 		/* Remember the first char we inserted */
9078 		if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum
9079 				   && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col)
9080 		    Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9081 
9082 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9083 		if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9084 		    ins_char(' ');
9085 		else
9086 #endif
9087 		{
9088 		    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
9089 		    if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
9090 			replace_push(NUL);
9091 		}
9092 		getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9093 	    }
9094 
9095 	    /* If we are now back where we started delete one character.  Can
9096 	     * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
9097 	    if (vcol >= start_vcol)
9098 		ins_bs_one(&vcol);
9099 	}
9100 
9101 	/*
9102 	 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
9103 	 */
9104 	else
9105 	{
9106 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9107 	    int cclass = 0, prev_cclass = 0;
9108 
9109 	    if (has_mbyte)
9110 		cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor());
9111 #endif
9112 	    do
9113 	    {
9114 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9115 		if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
9116 #endif
9117 		    dec_cursor();
9118 
9119 		cc = gchar_cursor();
9120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9121 		/* look multi-byte character class */
9122 		if (has_mbyte)
9123 		{
9124 		    prev_cclass = cclass;
9125 		    cclass = mb_get_class(ml_get_cursor());
9126 		}
9127 #endif
9128 
9129 		/* start of word? */
9130 		if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(cc))
9131 		{
9132 		    mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
9133 		    temp = vim_iswordc(cc);
9134 		}
9135 		/* end of word? */
9136 		else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
9137 			&& ((vim_isspace(cc) || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)
9138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9139 			|| prev_cclass != cclass
9140 #endif
9141 			))
9142 		{
9143 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9144 		    if (!revins_on)
9145 #endif
9146 			inc_cursor();
9147 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9148 		    else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9149 			dec_cursor();
9150 #endif
9151 		    break;
9152 		}
9153 		if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9154 		    replace_do_bs(-1);
9155 		else
9156 		{
9157 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9158 		    if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
9159 			(void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
9160 #endif
9161 		    (void)del_char(FALSE);
9162 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9163 		    /*
9164 		     * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
9165 		     * move the cursor back.  Don't back up before the base
9166 		     * character.
9167 		     */
9168 		    if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
9169 			inc_cursor();
9170 #endif
9171 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9172 		    if (revins_chars)
9173 		    {
9174 			revins_chars--;
9175 			revins_legal++;
9176 		    }
9177 		    if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
9178 			break;
9179 #endif
9180 		}
9181 		/* Just a single backspace?: */
9182 		if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
9183 		    break;
9184 	    } while (
9185 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9186 		    revins_on ||
9187 #endif
9188 		    (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
9189 		    && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart_orig.lnum
9190 			|| curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart_orig.col)));
9191 	}
9192 	did_backspace = TRUE;
9193     }
9194 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9195     did_si = FALSE;
9196     can_si = FALSE;
9197     can_si_back = FALSE;
9198 #endif
9199     if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
9200 	did_ai = FALSE;
9201     /*
9202      * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
9203      * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
9204      * with.
9205      */
9206     AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
9207 
9208     /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
9209     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum
9210 				       && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col)
9211 	Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
9212 
9213     /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
9214      *		     was there remains visible
9215      * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
9216      *		      was there is erased from the screen.
9217      * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
9218      * displayed even when there isn't.
9219      *  --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
9220     if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1)
9221 	dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
9222 
9223 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9224     /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
9225      * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
9226      * char before a Tab. */
9227     if (did_backspace)
9228 	foldOpenCursor();
9229 #endif
9230 
9231     return did_backspace;
9232 }
9233 
9234 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
9235     static void
9236 ins_mouse(int c)
9237 {
9238     pos_T	tpos;
9239     win_T	*old_curwin = curwin;
9240 
9241 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
9242     /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
9243     if (!gui.in_use)
9244 # endif
9245 	if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
9246 	    return;
9247 
9248     undisplay_dollar();
9249     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9250     if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
9251     {
9252 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9253 	win_T	*new_curwin = curwin;
9254 
9255 	if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
9256 	{
9257 	    /* Mouse took us to another window.  We need to go back to the
9258 	     * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
9259 	    curwin = old_curwin;
9260 	    curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
9261 	}
9262 #endif
9263 	start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
9264 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9265 	if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
9266 	{
9267 	    curwin = new_curwin;
9268 	    curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
9269 	}
9270 #endif
9271 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9272 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9273 # endif
9274     }
9275 
9276 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9277     /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
9278     redraw_statuslines();
9279 #endif
9280 }
9281 
9282     static void
9283 ins_mousescroll(int dir)
9284 {
9285     pos_T	tpos;
9286 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9287     win_T	*old_curwin = curwin;
9288 # endif
9289 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9290     int		did_scroll = FALSE;
9291 # endif
9292 
9293     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9294 
9295 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9296     if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
9297     {
9298 	int row, col;
9299 
9300 	row = mouse_row;
9301 	col = mouse_col;
9302 
9303 	/* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
9304 	curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
9305 	curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
9306     }
9307     if (curwin == old_curwin)
9308 # endif
9309 	undisplay_dollar();
9310 
9311 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9312     /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
9313     if (!pum_visible()
9314 #  if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9315 	    || curwin != old_curwin
9316 #  endif
9317 	    )
9318 # endif
9319     {
9320 	if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP)
9321 	{
9322 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
9323 		scroll_redraw(dir,
9324 			(long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
9325 	    else
9326 		scroll_redraw(dir, 3L);
9327 	}
9328 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9329 	else
9330 	{
9331 	    int val, step = 6;
9332 
9333 	    if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
9334 		step = W_WIDTH(curwin);
9335 	    val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step);
9336 	    if (val < 0)
9337 		val = 0;
9338 	    gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE);
9339 	}
9340 #endif
9341 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9342 	did_scroll = TRUE;
9343 # endif
9344     }
9345 
9346 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9347     curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9348 
9349     curwin = old_curwin;
9350     curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
9351 # endif
9352 
9353 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9354     /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
9355      * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
9356      * overlapped by the popup menu. */
9357     if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
9358     {
9359 	redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
9360 	ins_compl_show_pum();
9361     }
9362 # endif
9363 
9364     if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
9365     {
9366 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9367 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9368 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9369 # endif
9370     }
9371 }
9372 #endif
9373 
9374 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
9375     static void
9376 ins_tabline(int c)
9377 {
9378     /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
9379     if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
9380 		|| (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
9381     {
9382 	undisplay_dollar();
9383 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9384 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9385 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9386 # endif
9387     }
9388 
9389     if (c == K_TABLINE)
9390 	goto_tabpage(current_tab);
9391     else
9392     {
9393 	handle_tabmenu();
9394 	redraw_statuslines();	/* will redraw the tabline when needed */
9395     }
9396 }
9397 #endif
9398 
9399 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
9400     void
9401 ins_scroll(void)
9402 {
9403     pos_T	tpos;
9404 
9405     undisplay_dollar();
9406     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9407     if (gui_do_scroll())
9408     {
9409 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9410 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9411 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9412 # endif
9413     }
9414 }
9415 
9416     void
9417 ins_horscroll(void)
9418 {
9419     pos_T	tpos;
9420 
9421     undisplay_dollar();
9422     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9423     if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE))
9424     {
9425 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9426 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9427 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9428 # endif
9429     }
9430 }
9431 #endif
9432 
9433     static void
9434 ins_left(
9435     int	    end_change) /* end undoable change */
9436 {
9437     pos_T	tpos;
9438 
9439 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9440     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9441 	foldOpenCursor();
9442 #endif
9443     undisplay_dollar();
9444     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9445     if (oneleft() == OK)
9446     {
9447 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
9448 	/* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
9449 	 * break undo.  K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
9450 	if (!im_is_preediting())
9451 #endif
9452 	{
9453 	    start_arrow_with_change(&tpos, end_change);
9454 	    if (!end_change)
9455 		AppendCharToRedobuff(K_LEFT);
9456 	}
9457 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9458 	/* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
9459 	if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
9460 	    revins_legal++;
9461 	revins_chars++;
9462 #endif
9463     }
9464 
9465     /*
9466      * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
9467      * previous line
9468      */
9469     else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
9470     {
9471 	/* always break undo when moving upwards/downwards, else undo may break */
9472 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9473 	--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
9474 	coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
9475 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;	/* so we stay at the end */
9476     }
9477     else
9478 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9479     dont_sync_undo = FALSE;
9480 }
9481 
9482     static void
9483 ins_home(int c)
9484 {
9485     pos_T	tpos;
9486 
9487 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9488     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9489 	foldOpenCursor();
9490 #endif
9491     undisplay_dollar();
9492     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9493     if (c == K_C_HOME)
9494 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
9495     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
9496 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9497     curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
9498 #endif
9499     curwin->w_curswant = 0;
9500     start_arrow(&tpos);
9501 }
9502 
9503     static void
9504 ins_end(int c)
9505 {
9506     pos_T	tpos;
9507 
9508 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9509     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9510 	foldOpenCursor();
9511 #endif
9512     undisplay_dollar();
9513     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9514     if (c == K_C_END)
9515 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9516     coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
9517     curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
9518 
9519     start_arrow(&tpos);
9520 }
9521 
9522     static void
9523 ins_s_left(void)
9524 {
9525 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9526     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9527 	foldOpenCursor();
9528 #endif
9529     undisplay_dollar();
9530     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
9531     {
9532 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9533 	(void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
9534 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9535     }
9536     else
9537 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9538 }
9539 
9540     static void
9541 ins_right(
9542     int	    end_change) /* end undoable change */
9543 {
9544 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9545     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9546 	foldOpenCursor();
9547 #endif
9548     undisplay_dollar();
9549     if (gchar_cursor() != NUL
9550 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9551 	    || virtual_active()
9552 #endif
9553 	    )
9554     {
9555 	start_arrow_with_change(&curwin->w_cursor, end_change);
9556 	if (!end_change)
9557 	    AppendCharToRedobuff(K_RIGHT);
9558 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9559 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9560 	if (virtual_active())
9561 	    oneright();
9562 	else
9563 #endif
9564 	{
9565 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9566 	    if (has_mbyte)
9567 		curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
9568 	    else
9569 #endif
9570 		++curwin->w_cursor.col;
9571 	}
9572 
9573 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9574 	revins_legal++;
9575 	if (revins_chars)
9576 	    revins_chars--;
9577 #endif
9578     }
9579     /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
9580      * cursor to the next line */
9581     else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
9582 	    && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9583     {
9584 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9585 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9586 	++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
9587 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
9588     }
9589     else
9590 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9591     dont_sync_undo = FALSE;
9592 }
9593 
9594     static void
9595 ins_s_right(void)
9596 {
9597 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
9598     if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
9599 	foldOpenCursor();
9600 #endif
9601     undisplay_dollar();
9602     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
9603 	    || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
9604     {
9605 	start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9606 	(void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
9607 	curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
9608     }
9609     else
9610 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9611 }
9612 
9613     static void
9614 ins_up(
9615     int		startcol)	/* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
9616 {
9617     pos_T	tpos;
9618     linenr_T	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
9619 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9620     int		old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9621 #endif
9622 
9623     undisplay_dollar();
9624     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9625     if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9626     {
9627 	if (startcol)
9628 	    coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9629 	if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9630 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9631 		|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9632 #endif
9633 		)
9634 	    redraw_later(VALID);
9635 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9636 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9637 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9638 #endif
9639     }
9640     else
9641 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9642 }
9643 
9644     static void
9645 ins_pageup(void)
9646 {
9647     pos_T	tpos;
9648 
9649     undisplay_dollar();
9650 
9651 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9652     if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9653     {
9654 	/* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
9655 	if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9656 	{
9657 	    start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9658 	    goto_tabpage(-1);
9659 	}
9660 	return;
9661     }
9662 #endif
9663 
9664     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9665     if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
9666     {
9667 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9668 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9669 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9670 #endif
9671     }
9672     else
9673 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9674 }
9675 
9676     static void
9677 ins_down(
9678     int		startcol)	/* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
9679 {
9680     pos_T	tpos;
9681     linenr_T	old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
9682 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9683     int		old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
9684 #endif
9685 
9686     undisplay_dollar();
9687     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9688     if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
9689     {
9690 	if (startcol)
9691 	    coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
9692 	if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
9693 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9694 		|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
9695 #endif
9696 		)
9697 	    redraw_later(VALID);
9698 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9699 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9700 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9701 #endif
9702     }
9703     else
9704 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9705 }
9706 
9707     static void
9708 ins_pagedown(void)
9709 {
9710     pos_T	tpos;
9711 
9712     undisplay_dollar();
9713 
9714 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9715     if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
9716     {
9717 	/* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
9718 	if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9719 	{
9720 	    start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
9721 	    goto_tabpage(0);
9722 	}
9723 	return;
9724     }
9725 #endif
9726 
9727     tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9728     if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
9729     {
9730 	start_arrow(&tpos);
9731 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9732 	can_cindent = TRUE;
9733 #endif
9734     }
9735     else
9736 	vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
9737 }
9738 
9739 #ifdef FEAT_DND
9740     static void
9741 ins_drop(void)
9742 {
9743     do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
9744 }
9745 #endif
9746 
9747 /*
9748  * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
9749  * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
9750  */
9751     static int
9752 ins_tab(void)
9753 {
9754     int		ind;
9755     int		i;
9756     int		temp;
9757 
9758     if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
9759 	Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
9760     if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
9761 	return FALSE;
9762 
9763     ind = inindent(0);
9764 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
9765     if (ind)
9766 	can_cindent = FALSE;
9767 #endif
9768 
9769     /*
9770      * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
9771      */
9772     if (!curbuf->b_p_et
9773 	    && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf))
9774 	    && get_sts_value() == 0)
9775 	return TRUE;
9776 
9777     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9778 	return TRUE;
9779 
9780     did_ai = FALSE;
9781 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
9782     did_si = FALSE;
9783     can_si = FALSE;
9784     can_si_back = FALSE;
9785 #endif
9786     AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
9787 
9788     if (p_sta && ind)		/* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
9789 	temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf);
9790     else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
9791 	temp = (int)get_sts_value();
9792     else			/* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
9793 	temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
9794     temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
9795 
9796     /*
9797      * Insert the first space with ins_char().	It will delete one char in
9798      * replace mode.  Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
9799      * chars.  For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
9800      */
9801     ins_char(' ');
9802     while (--temp > 0)
9803     {
9804 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9805 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9806 	    ins_char(' ');
9807 	else
9808 #endif
9809 	{
9810 	    ins_str((char_u *)" ");
9811 	    if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)	    /* no char replaced */
9812 		replace_push(NUL);
9813 	}
9814     }
9815 
9816     /*
9817      * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
9818      */
9819     if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind)))
9820     {
9821 	char_u		*ptr;
9822 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9823 	char_u		*saved_line = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
9824 	pos_T		pos;
9825 #endif
9826 	pos_T		fpos;
9827 	pos_T		*cursor;
9828 	colnr_T		want_vcol, vcol;
9829 	int		change_col = -1;
9830 	int		save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
9831 
9832 	/*
9833 	 * Get the current line.  For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
9834 	 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
9835 	 */
9836 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9837 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9838 	{
9839 	    pos = curwin->w_cursor;
9840 	    cursor = &pos;
9841 	    saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
9842 	    if (saved_line == NULL)
9843 		return FALSE;
9844 	    ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
9845 	}
9846 	else
9847 #endif
9848 	{
9849 	    ptr = ml_get_cursor();
9850 	    cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
9851 	}
9852 
9853 	/* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
9854 	if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
9855 	    curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
9856 
9857 	/* Find first white before the cursor */
9858 	fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
9859 	while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
9860 	{
9861 	    --fpos.col;
9862 	    --ptr;
9863 	}
9864 
9865 	/* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
9866 	if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9867 		&& fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
9868 		&& fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9869 	{
9870 	    ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
9871 	    fpos.col = Insstart.col;
9872 	}
9873 
9874 	/* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
9875 	getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
9876 	getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
9877 
9878 	/* Use as many TABs as possible.  Beware of 'breakindent', 'showbreak'
9879 	 * and 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
9880 	while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
9881 	{
9882 	    i = lbr_chartabsize(NULL, (char_u *)"\t", vcol);
9883 	    if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
9884 		break;
9885 	    if (*ptr != TAB)
9886 	    {
9887 		*ptr = TAB;
9888 		if (change_col < 0)
9889 		{
9890 		    change_col = fpos.col;  /* Column of first change */
9891 		    /* May have to adjust Insstart */
9892 		    if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
9893 			Insstart.col = fpos.col;
9894 		}
9895 	    }
9896 	    ++fpos.col;
9897 	    ++ptr;
9898 	    vcol += i;
9899 	}
9900 
9901 	if (change_col >= 0)
9902 	{
9903 	    int repl_off = 0;
9904 	    char_u *line = ptr;
9905 
9906 	    /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
9907 	    while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
9908 	    {
9909 		vcol += lbr_chartabsize(line, ptr, vcol);
9910 		++ptr;
9911 		++repl_off;
9912 	    }
9913 	    if (vcol > want_vcol)
9914 	    {
9915 		/* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
9916 		--ptr;
9917 		--repl_off;
9918 	    }
9919 	    fpos.col += repl_off;
9920 
9921 	    /* Delete following spaces. */
9922 	    i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
9923 	    if (i > 0)
9924 	    {
9925 		STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i);
9926 		/* correct replace stack. */
9927 		if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9928 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9929 			&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9930 #endif
9931 			)
9932 		    for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
9933 			replace_join(repl_off);
9934 	    }
9935 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
9936 	    if (netbeans_active())
9937 	    {
9938 		netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1));
9939 		netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
9940 							   (char_u *)"\t", 1);
9941 	    }
9942 #endif
9943 	    cursor->col -= i;
9944 
9945 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9946 	    /*
9947 	     * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet.  Do it now by
9948 	     * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
9949 	     * spacing.
9950 	     */
9951 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9952 	    {
9953 		/* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
9954 		backspace_until_column(change_col);
9955 
9956 		/* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
9957 		 * ptr-cursor */
9958 		ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
9959 						    cursor->col - change_col);
9960 	    }
9961 #endif
9962 	}
9963 
9964 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9965 	if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9966 	    vim_free(saved_line);
9967 #endif
9968 	curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
9969     }
9970 
9971     return FALSE;
9972 }
9973 
9974 /*
9975  * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
9976  * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
9977  */
9978     static int
9979 ins_eol(int c)
9980 {
9981     int	    i;
9982 
9983     if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
9984 	return FALSE;
9985     if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
9986 	return TRUE;
9987     undisplay_dollar();
9988 
9989     /*
9990      * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
9991      * character under the cursor.  Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
9992      * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
9993      */
9994     if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
9995 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
9996 	    && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
9997 #endif
9998 	    )
9999 	replace_push(NUL);
10000 
10001     /*
10002      * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
10003      * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
10004      * line onto the replace stack.  This is not done here though, it is done
10005      * in open_line().
10006      */
10007 
10008 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
10009     /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
10010      * CTRL-O). */
10011     if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
10012 	coladvance(getviscol());
10013 #endif
10014 
10015 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
10016 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
10017     if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
10018 	fkmap(NL);
10019 # endif
10020     /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
10021      * current line. */
10022     if (revins_on)
10023 	curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
10024 #endif
10025 
10026     AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
10027     i = open_line(FORWARD,
10028 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
10029 	    has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
10030 #endif
10031 	    0, old_indent);
10032     old_indent = 0;
10033 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
10034     can_cindent = TRUE;
10035 #endif
10036 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
10037     /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
10038     foldOpenCursor();
10039 #endif
10040 
10041     return (!i);
10042 }
10043 
10044 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
10045 /*
10046  * Handle digraph in insert mode.
10047  * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
10048  * done.
10049  */
10050     static int
10051 ins_digraph(void)
10052 {
10053     int	    c;
10054     int	    cc;
10055     int	    did_putchar = FALSE;
10056 
10057     pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
10058     if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
10059     {
10060 	/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
10061 	ins_redraw(FALSE);
10062 
10063 	edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
10064 	did_putchar = TRUE;
10065 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10066 	add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
10067 #endif
10068     }
10069 
10070 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
10071     dont_scroll = TRUE;		/* disallow scrolling here */
10072 #endif
10073 
10074     /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
10075      * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
10076     ++no_mapping;
10077     ++allow_keys;
10078     c = plain_vgetc();
10079     --no_mapping;
10080     --allow_keys;
10081     if (did_putchar)
10082 	/* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next
10083 	 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */
10084 	edit_unputchar();
10085 
10086     if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask)	    /* special key */
10087     {
10088 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10089 	clear_showcmd();
10090 #endif
10091 	insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
10092 	return NUL;
10093     }
10094     if (c != ESC)
10095     {
10096 	did_putchar = FALSE;
10097 	if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
10098 	{
10099 	    /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
10100 	    ins_redraw(FALSE);
10101 
10102 	    if (char2cells(c) == 1)
10103 	    {
10104 		ins_redraw(FALSE);
10105 		edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
10106 		did_putchar = TRUE;
10107 	    }
10108 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10109 	    add_to_showcmd_c(c);
10110 #endif
10111 	}
10112 	++no_mapping;
10113 	++allow_keys;
10114 	cc = plain_vgetc();
10115 	--no_mapping;
10116 	--allow_keys;
10117 	if (did_putchar)
10118 	    /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the
10119 	     * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */
10120 	    edit_unputchar();
10121 	if (cc != ESC)
10122 	{
10123 	    AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
10124 	    c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
10125 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10126 	    clear_showcmd();
10127 #endif
10128 	    return c;
10129 	}
10130     }
10131 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
10132     clear_showcmd();
10133 #endif
10134     return NUL;
10135 }
10136 #endif
10137 
10138 /*
10139  * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
10140  * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
10141  */
10142     int
10143 ins_copychar(linenr_T lnum)
10144 {
10145     int	    c;
10146     int	    temp;
10147     char_u  *ptr, *prev_ptr;
10148     char_u  *line;
10149 
10150     if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
10151     {
10152 	vim_beep(BO_COPY);
10153 	return NUL;
10154     }
10155 
10156     /* try to advance to the cursor column */
10157     temp = 0;
10158     line = ptr = ml_get(lnum);
10159     prev_ptr = ptr;
10160     validate_virtcol();
10161     while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
10162     {
10163 	prev_ptr = ptr;
10164 	temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
10165     }
10166     if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
10167 	ptr = prev_ptr;
10168 
10169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
10170     c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
10171 #else
10172     c = *ptr;
10173 #endif
10174     if (c == NUL)
10175 	vim_beep(BO_COPY);
10176     return c;
10177 }
10178 
10179 /*
10180  * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
10181  */
10182     static int
10183 ins_ctrl_ey(int tc)
10184 {
10185     int	    c = tc;
10186 
10187 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
10188     if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
10189     {
10190 	if (c == Ctrl_Y)
10191 	    scrolldown_clamp();
10192 	else
10193 	    scrollup_clamp();
10194 	redraw_later(VALID);
10195     }
10196     else
10197 #endif
10198     {
10199 	c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
10200 	if (c != NUL)
10201 	{
10202 	    long	tw_save;
10203 
10204 	    /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
10205 	     * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
10206 	     * wasn't set.  Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
10207 	     * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
10208 	    if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
10209 		AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);	/* CTRL-V */
10210 	    tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
10211 	    curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
10212 	    insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
10213 	    curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
10214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
10215 	    revins_chars++;
10216 	    revins_legal++;
10217 #endif
10218 	    c = Ctrl_V;	/* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
10219 	    auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
10220 	}
10221     }
10222     return c;
10223 }
10224 
10225 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
10226 /*
10227  * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
10228  * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
10229  */
10230     static void
10231 ins_try_si(int c)
10232 {
10233     pos_T	*pos, old_pos;
10234     char_u	*ptr;
10235     int		i;
10236     int		temp;
10237 
10238     /*
10239      * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
10240      */
10241     if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
10242     {
10243 	/*
10244 	 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
10245 	 */
10246 	if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
10247 	{
10248 	    old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
10249 	    /*
10250 	     * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
10251 	     * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
10252 	     * containing the matching '(' if there is one.  This handles the
10253 	     * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
10254 	     * lines -- webb
10255 	     */
10256 	    ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
10257 	    i = pos->col;
10258 	    if (i > 0)		/* skip blanks before '{' */
10259 		while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
10260 		    ;
10261 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
10262 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
10263 	    if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
10264 		curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
10265 	    i = get_indent();
10266 	    curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
10267 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
10268 	    if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
10269 		change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
10270 	    else
10271 #endif
10272 		(void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
10273 	}
10274 	else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
10275 	{
10276 	    /*
10277 	     * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
10278 	     * more than indent of previous line
10279 	     */
10280 	    temp = TRUE;
10281 	    if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
10282 	    {
10283 		old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
10284 		i = get_indent();
10285 		while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
10286 		{
10287 		    ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
10288 
10289 		    /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
10290 		    if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
10291 			break;
10292 		}
10293 		if (get_indent() >= i)
10294 		    temp = FALSE;
10295 		curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
10296 	    }
10297 	    if (temp)
10298 		shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
10299 	}
10300     }
10301 
10302     /*
10303      * set indent of '#' always to 0
10304      */
10305     if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
10306     {
10307 	/* remember current indent for next line */
10308 	old_indent = get_indent();
10309 	(void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
10310     }
10311 
10312     /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
10313     if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
10314 	ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
10315 }
10316 #endif
10317 
10318 /*
10319  * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
10320  * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
10321  */
10322     static colnr_T
10323 get_nolist_virtcol(void)
10324 {
10325     if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
10326 	return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
10327     validate_virtcol();
10328     return curwin->w_virtcol;
10329 }
10330 
10331 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
10332 /*
10333  * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand.
10334  * "c" is the character that was typed.
10335  * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string.
10336  * Return NULL to continue inserting "c".
10337  */
10338     static char_u *
10339 do_insert_char_pre(int c)
10340 {
10341     char_u	*res;
10342     char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
10343 
10344     /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */
10345     if (!has_insertcharpre())
10346 	return NULL;
10347 
10348 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
10349     if (has_mbyte)
10350 	buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
10351     else
10352 #endif
10353     {
10354 	buf[0] = c;
10355 	buf[1] = NUL;
10356     }
10357 
10358     /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */
10359     ++textlock;
10360     set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1);  /* set v:char */
10361 
10362     res = NULL;
10363     if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf))
10364     {
10365 	/* Get the value of v:char.  It may be empty or more than one
10366 	 * character.  Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the
10367 	 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */
10368 	if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0)
10369 	    res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR));
10370     }
10371 
10372     set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1);  /* clear v:char */
10373     --textlock;
10374 
10375     return res;
10376 }
10377 #endif
10378